Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Specialty / SBA Communications

SBA Communications

sbac · NASDAQ Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker sbac
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · SBA Communications
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORP

FORM 10-K 
(Annual Report) 

Filed 3/1/2007 For Period Ending 12/31/2006

Address

ONE TOWN CENTER RD THIRD FLOOR

BOCA RATON, Florida 33486

Telephone

561-995-7670 

CIK

Industry

Sector

0001034054

Communications Services

Services

Fiscal Year

12/31

 
 
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006  

OR  

(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to               

Commission file number: 000-30110  

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION  

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)  

Florida 
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

5900 Broken Sound Parkway NW  
Boca Raton, Florida  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

65-0716501 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

33487 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (561) 995-7670  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class  
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered  
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC  
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   (cid:3) 
    No     

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of 
“accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer   (cid:3)     Non-Accelerated filer   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.    Yes   (cid:3)     No     

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $1.9 billion as of June 30, 2006.  

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock (as of February 26, 2007): Class A common stock — 105,894,292 shares  

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2007 annual meeting of shareholders, which proxy statement will be filed no later 
than 120 days after the close of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, are hereby incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Documents Incorporated By Reference  

   
Table of Contents  

Part I 

Table of Contents  

    Item 1.      Business 
    Item 1A.     Risk Factors 
    Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments 
    Item 2.      Properties 
    Item 3.      Legal Proceedings 
    Item 4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

Part II 

    Item 5.      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
    Item 6.      Selected Financial Data 
    Item 7.      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
    Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
    Item 8.      Financial Statements And Supplementary Data 
    Item 9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
    Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures 
    Item 9B.     Other Information 

Part III 

    Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
    Item 11.     Executive Compensation 
    Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
    Item 13.     Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence 
    Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Part IV 

    Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

2  

    Page 

3 
11 
20 
20 
20 
20 

21 
22 
25 
42 
46 
46 
46 
47 

47 
47 
47 
47 
48 

48 

   
   
     
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

ITEM1. 

BUSINESS 

General  

We are a leading independent owner and operator of wireless communications towers in 47 of the 48 contiguous United States, Puerto 
Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our principal business line is our site leasing business, which contributes over 90% of our segment operating 
profit. In our site leasing business, we lease antenna space to wireless service providers on towers and other structures that we own, manage or 
lease from others. The towers that we own have been constructed by us at the request of a wireless service provider, built or constructed based 
on our own initiative or acquired. As of December 31, 2006, we owned 5,551 towers. We also manage or lease over 5,700 actual or potential 
communications sites, of which 785 are revenue producing. Our second business line is our site development business, through which we assist 
wireless service providers in developing and maintaining their own wireless service networks.  

On April 27, 2006, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAT Communications Corp. 
(“AAT”) from AAT Holdings, LLC II, which we refer to as the AAT Acquisition. The total consideration paid was (i) $634.0 million in cash 
and (ii) 17,059,336 newly issued shares of our Class A common stock. Simultaneously with the closing of the AAT Acquisition, we 
repurchased 100% of the aggregate outstanding amount of our 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes and 100% of the aggregate outstanding amount of 
our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes pursuant to tender offers and consent solicitations for an aggregate of $438.2 million, including accrued interest on 
the 8  1 / 2 %   senior notes and the accreted amount applicable to the 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes. We funded these repurchases, including the 
associated premiums and fees, and the cash consideration paid in the AAT Acquisition with a $1.1 billion bridge loan. On November 6, 2006, 
we issued $1.15 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-1 (the “Additional CMBS Certificates”), and used a 
substantial portion of the proceeds to repay the bridge loan in full.  

Site Leasing Services  

Our primary focus is the leasing of antenna space on our multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers under long-term 

lease contracts. We lease antenna space on the towers we have constructed, the towers we have acquired, the towers we lease, sublease and/or 
manage for third parties and on other communications sites that we manage. Our site leasing revenue comes from a variety of wireless service 
provider tenants, including Alltel, Cingular (now AT&T), Sprint Nextel, T-Mobile and Verizon Wireless. We believe our current tower 
portfolio positions us to take advantage of wireless service providers’ antenna and equipment deployment.  

As of December 31, 2006, we owned 5,551 towers, up from 3,304 as of December 31, 2005. We are currently pursuing new build and 
tower acquisition programs within the parameters of our desired long-term leverage ratios. Pursuant to these new initiatives, we built 60 towers 
and acquired 2,189 towers during 2006, including the 1,850 towers acquired through the AAT Acquisition.  

In our new build program we construct towers either under build-to-suit arrangements or in locations chosen by us. In either case, after 

building a tower, we retain ownership of the tower and the exclusive right to co-locate additional tenants on the tower. Under build-to-suit 
arrangements, we build towers for wireless service providers at locations that they have identified. When we construct towers in locations 
chosen by us, we utilize our knowledge of our customer’s network requirements to identify locations where, we believe, multiple wireless 
service providers need, or will need, to locate antennas to meet capacity or service demands. We seek to identify attractive locations for new 
towers and complete pre-construction procedures necessary to secure the site concurrently with our leasing efforts. Our intent is that 
substantially all of our new builds will have at least one signed tenant lease on the day that it is completed and we expect that some will have 
multiple tenants. We intend to build 80 to 100 new towers during 2007.  

In our tower acquisition program, we intend to pursue towers that meet or exceed our internal guidelines regarding current and future 
potential returns within our desired leverage ratios. For each acquisition, we prepare various analyses that include projections of a five-year 
unlevered internal rate of return, review of available capacity for future lease up projections and a summary of the current and future 
tenant/technology mix.  

3  

   
Table of Contents  

The table below provides information regarding the development and status of our tower portfolio over the past five years.  

Towers owned at beginning of period  
Towers acquired in AAT Acquisition  
Other towers acquired  
Towers constructed  
Towers reclassified/disposed of (1)  
Towers owned at end of period  

Towers held for sale at end of period  
Towers in continuing operations at end of period  
Towers owned at end of period  

For the year ended December 31, 
    2006       2005       2004       2003       2002    
   3,304      3,066      3,093      3,877      3,734   
   1,850      —        —        —        —     
    339      208     
53   
13      141   
36     
(51 ) 
(6 )   
   5,551      3,304      3,066      3,093      3,877   

10     
(42 )    (797 )   

5      —       

60     
(2 )   

    —        —       
47      837   
   5,551      3,304      3,060      3,046      3,040   
   5,551      3,304      3,066      3,093      3,877   

6     

(1)  Reclassifications reflect the combination for reporting purposes of multiple acquired tower structures on a single parcel of real estate, 

which we market and customers view as a single location, into a single owned tower site. Dispositions reflect the decommissioning, sale, 
conveyance or other legal transfer of owned tower sites. 

As of December 31, 2006, we had 13,602 tenants on these 5,551 towers, or an average of 2.5 tenants per tower. Our lease contracts 

typically have terms of five years or more with multiple term tenant renewal options and provide for annual rent escalators.  

Our site leasing business generates substantially all of our segment operating profit. As indicated in the chart below, our site leasing 

business generates 73% of our total revenue and represents 95% of our segment operating profit.  

Site leasing revenue  
Site leasing segment operating profit (1)  
Percentage of total revenue  
Site leasing operating profit percentage contribution of total segment operating profit 

(1)  

2006 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands except for percentages) 

2004 

$ 256,170      
$ 185,507      
73.0 %   

$ 161,277      
$ 114,018      
62.0 %   

$ 144,004   
$  96,721   

62.2 % 

95.4 %   

95.0 %   

94.1 % 

(1)  Site leasing segment operating profit and total segment operating profit are non-GAAP financial measures. We reconcile this measure and 

provide other Regulation G disclosures later in this annual report in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures. 

Site Development Services  

Our site development business is complementary to our site leasing business, and provides us the ability to (1) keep in close contact with 
the wireless service providers who generate substantially all of our site leasing revenue and (2) capture ancillary revenues that are generated by 
our site leasing activities, such as antenna installation and equipment installation at our tower locations. Our site development business consists 
of two segments, site development consulting and site development construction, through which we provide wireless service providers a full 
range of end-to-end services. We principally perform services for third parties in our core, historical areas of wireless expertise, specifically site 
acquisition, zoning, technical services and construction.  

4  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

In the consulting segment of our site development business, we offer clients the following range of services: (1) network pre-design; (2) site 
audits; (3) identification of potential locations for towers and antennas; (4) support in buying or leasing of the location; and (5) assistance in 
obtaining zoning approvals and permits. In the construction segment of our site development business we provide a number of services, 
including, but not limited to the following: (1) tower and related site construction; (2) antenna installation; and (3) radio equipment installation, 
commissioning and maintenance. Personnel in our site development business also support our leasing and new tower build functions through 
an integrated plan across the divisions.  

For financial information about our operating segments, please see Note 22 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this 

Form 10-K.  

Business Strategy  

Our primary strategy is to capture the maximum benefits from our position as a leading owner and operator of wireless communications 

towers. Key elements of our strategy include:  

Focusing on Site Leasing Business with Stable, Recurring Revenues. We intend to continue to focus on expanding our site leasing 

business due to its attractive characteristics such as long-term contracts, built-in rent escalators, high operating margins and low customer 
churn. The long-term nature of the revenue stream of our site leasing business makes it less volatile than our site development business, which 
is more reactive to changes in industry conditions. By focusing on our site leasing business, we believe that we can maintain a stable, recurring 
cash flow stream and reduce our exposure to cyclical changes in customer spending.  

Maximizing Use of Tower Capacity. We generally have constructed or acquired towers that accommodate multiple tenants and a 
substantial majority of our towers are high capacity lattice or guyed towers. Most of our towers have significant capacity available for 
additional antennas and we believe that increased use of our towers can be achieved at a low incremental cost. We actively market space on our 
towers through our internal sales force.  

Disciplined Growth of Tower Portfolio . We intend to use our available equity free cash flow and available liquidity, including 
borrowings, to build and/or acquire new towers at prices that we believe will be accretive to our shareholders both short and long-term and 
which allow us to maintain our long-term target leverage ratios. Furthermore, we believe that our tower operations are highly scaleable. 
Consequently, we believe that we are able to materially increase our tower portfolio without proportionately increasing selling, general and 
administrative expenses.  

Controlling Expense Base . We have and intend to continue to purchase and/or enter into long-term leases for the land that underlies our 

towers, to the extent available at commercially reasonable prices. We believe that these purchases and/or long-term leases will increase our 
margins, improve our cash flow from operations, and minimize our exposure to increases in ground lease rents in the future.  

Using our Local Presence to Build Strong Relationships with Major Wireless Service Providers. Given the nature of towers as location 

specific communications facilities, we believe that substantially all of what we do is done best locally. Consequently, we have a broad field 
organization that allows us to develop and capitalize on our experience, expertise and relationships in each of our local markets which in turn 
enhances our customer relationships. Due to our presence in local markets, we believe we are well positioned to capture additional site leasing 
business and new tower build opportunities in our markets and identify and participate in site development projects across our markets.  

Capitalizing on our Management Experience. Our management team has extensive experience in site leasing and site development 
services. Management believes that its industry expertise and strong relationships with wireless service providers will allow us to expand our 
position as a leading provider of site leasing and site development services.  

5  

   
Table of Contents  

Industry Developments  

We believe that growing wireless traffic, the successful recent spectrum auctions and technology developments will require wireless 
service providers to alter their network structure, increase their network capacity and consequently the number and types of antennae sites that 
they use. First, consumers continue to push minutes of use higher, whether through wireline to wireless migration, increasing use of broadband 
services, new data products or simply talking more than they used to. Consumers are demanding quality wireless networks, and have cited 
network coverage and quality as two of the greatest contributors to their dissatisfaction when terminating or changing service. To decrease 
subscriber churn rate and drive revenue growth, wireless carriers have made steady capital expenditures on wireless networks to improve 
service quality and expand coverage. Second, we expect that the roll-out of 3G wireless services, announced plans by a major wireless services 
provider to deploy a new 4G network, and additional investment by other carriers in their existing networks will require our customers to add a 
large number of additional cell sites and amend their installations at current cell sites. We expect that the recent FCC advanced wireless service 
spectrum auction 66 for advanced broadband services will further drive the robust demand for tower space. Much of the spectrum was 
successfully won by the established nationwide carriers such as T-Mobile, Sprint Nextel, as well as Cingular (now AT&T) and Verizon. With 
respect to T-Mobile, the auction gives them an opportunity to build new cell sites around the country where they do not have a network, in 
addition to overlaying a 3G network on top of their existing platform, and this will benefit the wireless tower companies. Finally, the third area 
of growth in the U.S. market comes from new market launches for emerging carriers to get into traditional wireless or technologies like 
WiMAX. For example, Leap Wireless and Metro PCS acquired spectrum in auction 66 in new coverage areas that will require brand new 
networks. Clearwire received a billion dollars of investment capital for purposes of building out a nationwide network and is seeking additional 
capital through an initial public offering. Based on these factors, we believe that the US wireless industry is growing, well-capitalized, highly 
competitive and focused on quality and advanced services. Therefore, we expect that we will see a multi-year horizon of strong additional cell 
site demand from our customers, which we believe will translate into strong leasing revenue growth for SBA.  

Company Services  

We provide our services on a local basis, through regional offices, territory offices and project offices, some of which are opened and 

closed on a project-by-project basis. Operationally, we are divided into three regions, each run by a vice president. Each region is divided into 
geographic territories run by local managers. Within each manager’s geographic area of responsibility, he or she is responsible for all site 
development operations, including hiring employees and opening or closing project offices, and a substantial portion of the sales in such area.  

Our executive, corporate development, accounting, finance, human resources, legal and regulatory, information technology and site 
administration personnel, and our network operations center are located in our headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida. Certain sales, new tower 
build support and tower maintenance personnel are also located in our Boca Raton office.  

Customers  

Since commencing operations, we have performed site leasing and site development services for all of the large wireless service 
providers. The majority of our contracts have been for Personal Communications Systems, or PCS, enhanced specialized mobile radio, or 
ESMR, and cellular providers of wireless telephony services. We also serve wireless data and Internet, paging, PCS narrowband, specialized 
mobile radio, multi-channel multi-point distribution service, and multi-point distribution service, wireless providers. In both our site 
development and site leasing businesses, we work with large national providers and smaller local, regional or private operators. We depend on 
a relatively small number of customers for our site leasing and site development revenues. The following customers represented at least 10% of 
our total revenues during at least one of the last three years:  

Sprint Nextel  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

6  

Percentage of Total Revenues  
For the year ended December 31,  
2005    
30.9 %   
25.5 %   

2006    
27.6 %   
21.4 %   

2004    
31.0 % 
22.7 % 

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

During the past two years, we provided services for a number of customers, including:  

Alltel 
Bechtel Corporation 
Cellular South 
Centennial 
Cingular (now AT&T) 
Clearwire 
Dobson Cellular Systems 
Fibertower 
General Dynamics 
iPCS 
Leap Wireless 
Lucent 
M/A-COM 

    Metro PCS 
    Motorola 
    Movistar 
    Nortel 
    NYSEG 
    Nokia 
    RCC 
    Siemens 
    Southern LINC 
    Sprint Nextel 
    T-Mobile 
    USA Mobility 
    U.S. Cellular 
    Verizon Wireless 

Sales and Marketing  

Our sales and marketing goals are to:  

• 

• 

   use existing relationships and develop new relationships with wireless service providers to lease antenna space on and sell related 
services with respect to our owned or managed towers, enabling us to grow our site leasing business; and  
   successfully bid and win those site development services contracts that will contribute to our operating margins and/or provide a 
financial or strategic benefit to our site leasing business.  

We approach sales on a company-wide basis, involving many of our employees. We have a dedicated sales force that is supplemented by 
members of our executive management team. Our dedicated salespeople are based regionally as well as in the corporate office. We also rely on 
our regional vice presidents, general managers and other operations personnel to sell our services and cultivate customers. Our strategy is to 
delegate sales efforts to those employees of ours who have the best relationships with our customers. Most wireless service providers have 
national corporate headquarters with regional and local offices. We believe that providers make most decisions for site development and site 
leasing services at the regional and local levels with input from their corporate headquarters. Our sales representatives work with provider 
representatives at the regional and local levels and at the national level when appropriate. Our sales staff compensation is heavily weighted to 
incentive-based goals and measurements. A substantial number of our operations personnel have revenue and gross profit-based incentive 
components in their compensation plans.  

In addition to our marketing and sales staff, we rely upon our executive and operations personnel at the regional and territory office levels 

to identify sales opportunities within existing customer accounts.  

Our primary marketing and sales support is centralized and directed from our headquarters office in Boca Raton, Florida and is 
supplemented by our regional and territory offices. We have a full-time staff dedicated to our marketing efforts. The marketing and sales 
support staff is charged with implementing our marketing strategies, prospecting and producing sales presentation materials and proposals.  

7  

   
   
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

Competition  

We compete with:  

• 

• 

• 

   other large independent tower companies;  
   smaller local independent tower operators; and  
   wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to 
other providers.  

There has been significant consolidation among the large independent tower companies in the past three years. Specifically, American 

Tower Corporation completed its merger with SpectraSite, Inc. in 2005, we completed our acquisition of AAT in 2006 and Crown Castle 
International completed its merger with Global Signal, Inc. in 2007. As a result of these consolidations, American Tower and Crown Castle are 
substantially larger and have greater financial resources than us which provides them advantages with respect to leasing terms with wireless 
services providers or ability to acquire available towers. Wireless service providers that own and operate their own tower networks are also 
generally substantially larger and have greater financial resources than we do. We believe that tower location and capacity, quality of service, 
density within a geographic market and, to a lesser extent, price have been and will continue to be the most significant competitive factors 
affecting the site leasing business.  

Our primary competitors for our site leasing activities and building and/or acquiring new tower assets are the large independent tower 

companies, American Tower Corporation and Crown Castle International Corp., and a large number of smaller independent tower owners. In 
addition, we compete with wireless service providers who currently market excess space on their owned towers to other wireless service 
providers.  

The site development business is extremely competitive and price sensitive. We believe that the majority of our competitors in the site 
development business operate within local market areas exclusively, while some firms appear to offer their services nationally, including Alcoa 
Fujikura Ltd., Bechtel Corporation, Black & Veach Corporation, General Dynamics Corporation, and Wireless Facilities, Inc. The market 
includes participants from a variety of market segments offering individual, or combinations of, competing services. The field of competitors 
includes site development consultants, zoning consultants, real estate firms, right-of-way consulting firms, construction companies, tower 
owners/managers, radio frequency engineering consultants, telecommunications equipment vendors, which provide end-to-end site 
development services through multiple subcontractors, and wireless service providers’ internal staff. We believe that providers base their 
decisions for site development services on a number of criteria, including a company’s experience, track record, local reputation, price and time 
for completion of a project. We believe that our experience base and our established relationships with wireless service providers have allowed 
us to favorably compete for higher margin site development contracts, which has resulted in increasing margins in this segment during 2006 as 
compared to prior years.  

Employees  

As of December 31, 2006, we had 615 employees, none of whom are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our 

employee relations to be good.  

Regulatory and Environmental Matters  

Federal Regulations. Both the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) and the Federal Aviation Administration (the “FAA”) 

regulate antenna towers and structures that support wireless communications and radio or television antennas. Many FAA requirements are 
implemented in FCC regulations. These regulations govern the construction, lighting and painting or other marking of towers and structures 
and may, depending on the characteristics of particular towers or structures, require prior approval and registration of towers or structures. 
Wireless communications equipment and radio or television stations operating on towers or structures are separately regulated and may require 
independent licensing depending upon the particular frequency or frequency band used.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, the FCC, in conjunction with the FAA, has developed 

standards to consider proposals involving new or modified antenna towers or structures.  

8  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

These standards mandate that the FCC and the FAA consider the height of the proposed tower or structure, the relationship of the tower or 
structure to existing natural or man-made obstructions and the proximity of the tower or structure to runways and airports. Proposals to 
construct or to modify existing towers or structures above certain heights must be reviewed by the FAA to ensure the structure will not present 
a hazard to air navigation. The FAA may condition its issuance of a no-hazard determination upon compliance with specified lighting and/or 
painting requirements. Antenna towers that meet certain height and location criteria must also be registered with the FCC. A tower or structure 
that requires FAA clearance will not be registered by the FCC until it is cleared by the FAA. Upon registration, the FCC may also require 
special lighting and/or painting. Owners of wireless communications antenna towers and structures may have an obligation to maintain painting 
and lighting or other marking in conformance with FAA and FCC standards. Antenna tower and structure owners and licensees that operate on 
those towers or structures also bear the responsibility of monitoring any lighting systems and notifying the FAA of any lighting outage or 
malfunction. In addition, any applicant for an FCC antenna tower or structure registration must certify that, consistent with the Anti-Drug 
Abuse Act of 1988, neither the applicant nor its principals are subject to a denial of Federal benefits because of a conviction for the possession 
or distribution of a controlled substance. We generally indemnify our customers against any failure to comply with applicable regulatory 
standards relating to the construction, modification, or placement of antenna towers or structures. Failure to comply with the applicable 
requirements may lead to civil penalties.  

The Telecommunications Act of 1996 amended the Communications Act of 1934 by preserving state and local zoning authorities’ 
jurisdiction over the construction, modification and placement of towers. The law, however, limits local zoning authority by prohibiting any 
action that would (1) discriminate among different providers of personal wireless services or (2) ban altogether the construction, modification 
or placement of radio communication towers. Finally, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 requires the federal government to help licensees 
for wireless communications services gain access to preferred sites for their facilities. This may require that federal agencies and departments 
work directly with licensees to make federal property available for tower facilities.  

Owners and operators of antenna towers and structures may be subject to, and therefore must comply with, environmental laws. Any 
licensed radio facility on an antenna tower or structure is subject to environmental review pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 
1969, among other statutes, which requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impact of their decisions under certain 
circumstances. The FCC has issued regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act. These regulations place responsibility on 
applicants to investigate potential environmental effects of their operations and to disclose any potential significant effects on the environment 
in an environmental assessment prior to constructing or modifying an antenna tower or structure and prior to commencing certain operation of 
wireless communications or radio or television stations from the tower or structure. In the event the FCC determines the proposed structure or 
operation would have a significant environmental impact based on the standards the FCC has developed, the FCC would be required to prepare 
an environmental impact statement, which will be subject to public comment. This process could significantly delay the registration of a 
particular tower or structure.  

As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to certain environmental laws that impose strict, joint and several liability for 

the cleanup of on-site or off-site contamination and related personal or property damage. We are also subject to certain environmental laws that 
govern tower or structure placement, including pre-construction environmental studies. Operators of towers or structures must also take into 
consideration certain radio frequency (“RF”) emissions regulations that impose a variety of procedural and operating requirements. Certain 
proposals to operate wireless communications and radio or television stations from antenna towers and structures are also reviewed by the FCC 
to ensure compliance with requirements relating to human exposure to RF emissions. Exposure to high levels of RF energy can produce 
negative health effects. The potential connection between low-level RF energy and certain negative health effects, including some forms of 
cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. We believe that we are in substantial compliance 
with and we have no material liability under any applicable environmental laws. These costs of compliance with existing or future 
environmental laws and liability related thereto may have a material adverse effect on our prospects, financial condition or results of 
operations.  

State and Local Regulations. Most states regulate certain aspects of real estate acquisition, leasing activities and construction activities. 

Where required, we conduct the site acquisition portions of our site development services business through licensed real estate brokers’ agents, 
who may be our employees or hired as independent contractors, and conduct the construction portions of our site development services through 
licensed contractors, who may be our employees or independent contractors.  

9  

   
Table of Contents  

Local regulations include city and other local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. 
These regulations vary greatly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but typically require tower and structure owners to obtain approval from local 
officials or community standards organizations, or certain other entities prior to tower or structure construction and establish regulations 
regarding maintenance and removal of towers or structures. In addition, many local zoning authorities require tower and structure owners to 
post bonds or cash collateral to secure their removal obligations. Local zoning authorities generally have been unreceptive to construction of 
new antenna towers and structures in their communities because of the height and visibility of the towers or structures, and have, in some 
instances, instituted moratoria.  

Backlog  

Backlog related to our site leasing business consists of lease agreements and amendments, which have been signed, but have not yet 
commenced. As of December 31, 2006, we had 179 new leases which had been executed with customers but which had not begun generating 
revenue. These leases contractually provided for approximately $3.7 million of annual revenue. By comparison, at December 31, 2005 we had 
122 new leases which had been executed with customers but which had not begun generating revenue. These leases contractually provided for 
approximately $2.6 million of annual revenue.  

Our backlog for site development services was approximately $37.4 million of contractually committed revenue as of December 31, 2006 

as compared to approximately $47.5 million as of December 31, 2005. The decrease in 2006 is attributable to a 2003 contract signed with 
Sprint for site development work that is expected to be completed by early 2008. This contract represented approximately $11.7 million in 
backlog as of December 31, 2006 and approximately $25.8 million in backlog as of December 31, 2005.  

Availability of Reports and Other Information  

Our corporate website is www.sbasite.com . We make available, free of charge, access to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly 

Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A and amendments to those materials filed or furnished 
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 on our website under “Investor Relations—SEC Filings,” as 
soon as reasonably practicable after we file electronically such material with, or furnish it to, the United States Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the “Commission”). In addition, the Commission’s website is www.sec.gov. The Commission makes available on this website, 
free of charge, reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, such as us, that file electronically with the 
Commission. Additionally, our reports, proxy and information statements may be read and copied at the Commission’s public reference room 
at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on our website or the Commission’s website is not part of this document.  

10  

   
Table of Contents  

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Business  

We may not secure as many site leasing tenants as planned or our lease rates for new tenant leases may decline.  

If tenant demand for tower space or our lease rates on new leases decrease, we may not be able to successfully grow our site leasing 
business. This may have a material adverse effect on our strategy, revenue growth and our ability to satisfy our financial and other contractual 
obligations. Our plan for the growth of our site leasing business largely depends on our management’s expectations and assumptions 
concerning future tenant demand and potential lease rates for independently owned towers.  

If our wireless service provider customers combine their operations to a significant degree, our growth, our revenue and our ability to 
service our indebtedness could be adversely affected.  

Demand for our services may decline if there is significant consolidation among our wireless service provider customers as they may then 

reduce capital expenditures in the aggregate because many of their existing networks and expansion plans overlap. As a result of regulatory 
changes in January 2003 which removed prior restrictions on wireless service providers from owning more than 45 MHz of spectrum in any 
given geographical area, there have been significant consolidations of the large wireless service providers. Specifically, Cingular acquired 
AT&T Wireless in October 2004 and Sprint PCS and Nextel merged to form Sprint Nextel Corporation in August 2005. To the extent that our 
customers have consolidated or that other customers may consolidate in the future, they may not renew any duplicative leases that they have on 
our towers and/or may not lease as much space on our towers in the future. This would adversely affect our growth, our revenue and our ability 
to service our indebtedness.  

As of December 31, 2006, Cingular and the former AT&T Wireless both had leases on an aggregate of 290 of the 5,551 towers that we 

owned on such date. The annualized contractual revenue generated by these leases at December 31, 2006 was approximately $14.9 million. 
Consequently, if Cingular were not to renew duplicate leases, we could lose 50% or more of such revenue. As of December 31, 2006, the 
average remaining contractual life of such duplicate leases was approximately 2.9 years. Our risk of revenue loss from the integration of 
Cingular and AT&T Wireless is not limited to leases on the same tower. We expect Cingular (now AT&T) to terminate or not renew some 
leases on our towers where they have other antenna sites in close proximity. During the second half of 2006, we began experiencing some 
decommissioning of antennae sites and non-renewal of leases from the Cingular and AT&T Wireless acquisition. Cingular terminated lease 
agreements during 2006 with total annualized revenue of $1.5 million. In addition, we have received termination or non-renewal notices for 
leases expiring in the twenty-four months after December 31, 2006 with total annualized revenue of $4.4 million. In addition, we have received 
notifications from Cingular that it expects to non-renew other leases with lease terms expiring in three or more years and we may receive 
additional notifications in the future. Such terminations or non-renewals could have a material adverse impact on our growth rate.  

As of December 31, 2006, Sprint Nextel and affiliated entities had multiple leases on 555 of the 5,551 towers that we owned on such 
date. The annualized contractual revenue generated by these leases at December 31, 2006 was approximately $27.1 million. During the second 
half of 2006, Sprint Nextel extended by seven years the term of each duplicate lease. Consequently, as of December 31, 2006, the average 
remaining contractual life of such duplicate leases was approximately 9.6 years. However, our risk of revenue loss from the integration of 
Sprint and Nextel is not limited to leases on the same tower. Sprint Nextel could terminate or not renew some leases on our towers where they 
have other antenna sites in close proximity. Furthermore at the end of such lease extensions, Sprint Nextel may terminate the duplicate leases. 
Such terminations or non-renewals could have a material adverse impact on our growth rate.  

Similar consequences may occur if wireless service providers engage in extensive sharing or roaming or resale arrangements as an 

alternative to leasing our antenna space. Wireless voice service providers frequently  

11  

   
Table of Contents  

enter into roaming agreements with competitors allowing them to use another’s wireless communications facilities to accommodate customers 
who are out of range of their home provider’s services. Wireless voice service providers may view these roaming agreements as a superior 
alternative to leasing antenna space on communications sites owned or controlled by us or others. The proliferation of these roaming 
agreements could have a material adverse effect on our revenue.  

New technologies and their use by carriers may have a material adverse effect on our growth rate and results of operations.  

The emergence of new technologies could reduce the demand for space on our towers. For example, the increased use by wireless service 

providers of signal combining and related technologies and products that allow two or more wireless service providers to provide services on 
different transmission frequencies using the communications antenna and other facilities normally used by only one wireless service provider 
could reduce the demand for our tower space. Additionally, the use of technologies that enhance spectral capacity, such as beam forming or 
“smart antennae,” that can increase the range and capacity of an antenna could reduce the number of additional sites a wireless service provider 
needs to adequately serve a certain subscriber base and therefore reduce demand for our tower space. The development and growth of 
communications and other new technologies that do not require ground-based sites, such as the growth in delivery of video, voice and data 
services by satellites or other technologies, could also adversely affect the demand for our tower space. In addition, the deployment of WiFi 
and WiMax technologies could impact the network needs of our existing customers providing wireless telephony services. This could have a 
material adverse effect on our growth rate and results of operations.  

We depend on a relatively small number of customers for most of our revenue.  

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a small number of customers, particularly in our site development services business. 

The loss of any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our revenue.  

The following is a list of significant customers and the percentage of our total revenues for the specified time periods derived from these 

customers:  

Sprint Nextel  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

Percentage of Total Leasing Revenues  
for the year ended December 31,  
2005 
30.9 %    
25.5 %    

2006 
27.6 %    
21.4 %    

2004 
31.0 % 
22.7 % 

We also have client concentrations with respect to revenues in each of our financial reporting segments:  

Cingular (now AT&T)  
Sprint Nextel  
Verizon  

12  

Percentage of Site Leasing Revenue  
for the year ended December 31,  

2006    
26.7 %    
26.2 %    
9.7 %    

2005    
28.0 %    
30.7 %    
10.1 %    

2004    
27.5 % 
29.4 % 
9.5 % 

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Sprint Nextel  
Verizon Wireless  
Bechtel Corporation*  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

Sprint Nextel  
Bechtel Corporation*  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

Percentage of Site Development  
Consulting Revenue  
for the year ended December 31,  
2005    

2004    

2006    
38.0 %   
26.6 %   
10.0 %   
6.8 %   

1.9 %   
32.4 %   
23.3 %   
28.3 %   

2.6 % 
26.1 % 
24.7 % 
26.7 % 

Percentage of Site Development  
Construction Revenue  
for the year ended December 31,  
2005    
36.0 %   
11.6 %   
20.3 %   

2006    
30.0 %   
17.4 %   
6.9 %   

2004    
39.7 % 
14.5 % 
12.5 % 

*  Substantially all of the work performed for Bechtel Corporation was for its client Cingular (now AT&T). 

Revenues from these clients are derived from numerous different site leasing contracts and site development contracts. Each site leasing 

contract relates to the lease of space at an individual tower site and is generally for an initial term of five years renewable for five five-year 
periods at the option of the tenant. Our site development customers engage us on a project-by-project basis, and a customer can generally 
terminate an assignment at any time without penalty. In addition, a customer’s need for site development services can decrease, and we may 
not be successful in establishing relationships with new customers. Furthermore, our existing customers may not continue to engage us for 
additional projects.  

We may not be able to service our substantial indebtedness.  

As indicated below, we have and will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness relative to our equity.  

Total indebtedness  
Shareholders’ equity  

As of December 31, 
2006 

2005 

(in thousands) 

    $  1,555,000     $  784,392 
    $  385,921     $  81,431 

As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately $1.6 billion in indebtedness, all of which is secured in the CMBS market. In addition, 

we have the ability to borrow additional amounts under our senior revolving credit facility and may incur additional indebtedness through other 
debt instruments. Our ability to service our current and future debt obligations will depend on our future operating performance. In order to 
manage our substantial amount of indebtedness, we may from time to time sell assets, issue equity, restructure or refinance some or all of our 
debt (all of which we have done at various times in the last four years). We may not be able to effectuate any of these alternative strategies on 
satisfactory terms in the future, if at all. The implementation of any of these alternative strategies may dilute our current shareholders or subject 
us to additional costs or restrictions on our ability to manage our business and as a result could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition and growth strategy.  

We may not have sufficient liquidity or cash flow from operations to repay the CMBS Certificates. The amounts borrowed under the 

mortgage loan in connection with the Initial CMBS Certificates have an anticipated repayment date of November 2010 and a final repayment 
date of November 2035 while the amounts borrowed under the mortgage loan in connection with the Additional CMBS Certificates have an 
anticipated repayment date of November 2011 and a final repayment date of November 2036. However, if we do not repay the full amount of 
each mortgage loan component before its respective anticipated repayment date, the interest rate payable on such mortgage loan outstanding 
will significantly increase in accordance with the formula set forth in the mortgage loan. We may not be able to service these higher interests 
costs if we cannot refinance the amounts outstanding under the mortgage loan before their anticipated repayment dates. Furthermore, if we 
cannot refinance these amounts prior to the final repayment date, we may be required to sell a portion or all of our interests in the 4,975 tower 
sites that, among other things, secure along with their operating cash flows the mortgage loan. Although, the mortgage loan is a limited 
recourse obligation of SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Structures, Inc., SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Towers Puerto Rico, Inc. and SBA 
Towers USVI, Inc. (collectively, the “Borrowers”) and no holder of the mortgage loan will have recourse to SBA Communications, our 
operations would be adversely affected if the Borrowers are unable to repay the components of the mortgage loan. We cannot assure you that 
our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.  

We and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our debt 

instruments, some of which may be secured debt.  

Our substantial indebtedness may negatively impact our ability to implement our business plan.  

Our substantial indebtedness may negatively impact our ability to implement our business plan. For example, it could:  

• 

   limit our ability to fund future working capital, capital expenditures and development costs;  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;  
   increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;  
   subject us to interest rate risk in connection with any potential future refinancing of our CMBS Certificates;  
   place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are less leveraged;  
   require us to sell debt or equity securities or sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms in order to meet payment 
obligations; and  
   limit our ability to borrow additional funds.  

13  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Risks associated with our plans to increase our tower portfolio could negatively impact our results of operations or our financial condition.  

We currently intend to increase our tower portfolio through new builds and acquisitions. We intend to review all available acquisition 

opportunities and some of these acquisitions could have the effect of materially increasing our tower portfolio. While we intend to fund a 
portion of the cash required to implement this plan from our cash flow from operating activities, we may finance some or all of the costs 
associated with these new builds and acquisitions. Furthermore, if we were to consummate any significant acquisition, we would be required to 
finance these acquisitions through additional indebtedness, which would increase our indebtedness and interest expense and could increase our 
leverage ratio, and/or issuances of equity, which could be dilutive to our shareholders. If we were unable to recognize the expected returns from 
these new towers, or if we did not recognize the expected returns in our anticipated time frames, an increase in debt levels without a 
proportionate increase in our revenues could negatively impact our results of operations and our financial condition.  

Due to the long-term nature of our tenant leases, we are dependent on the financial strength and creditworthiness of our customers.  

Due to the long-term nature of our tenant leases, we, like others in the tower industry, are dependent on the continued financial strength 
of our tenants. The economic slowdown and intense competition in the wireless and telecommunications industries in 2001 through 2003 had 
impaired the financial condition of some of our customers, certain of which operate with substantial leverage. As a result, a number of our site 
leasing customers have filed for bankruptcy including almost all of our paging customers. Although these bankruptcies have not had a material 
adverse effect on our business or revenues, any future bankruptcies may have a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, and/or the 
collectability of our accounts receivable. In the future, the financial uncertainties facing our customers could reduce demand for our 
communications sites, increase our bad debt expense and reduce prices on new customer contracts. This could affect our ability to satisfy our 
obligations.  

In addition, our anticipated growth could be negatively impacted if our customers’ access to debt and equity capital were limited. From 
2001 through 2003, when capital market conditions were difficult for the telecommunications industry, wireless service providers conserved 
capital by not spending as much as originally anticipated to finance expansion activities. This decrease adversely impacted demand for our 
services and consequently our financial condition. If our customers are not able to access the capital markets in the future, our growth strategy, 
revenues and financial condition may again be adversely affected.  

Our debt instruments contain restrictive covenants that could adversely affect our business.  

Our senior revolving credit facility contains certain restrictive covenants. Among other things, these covenants limit the ability of certain 

of our subsidiaries to:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   incur additional indebtedness;  
   engage in mergers and acquisitions or sell all or substantially all of their assets;  
   pay dividends, repurchase capital stock or engage in other restricted payments;  
   make certain investments;  
   make certain capital expenditures;  
   incur liens; and  
   enter into affiliate transactions.  

If our subsidiaries fail to comply with these covenants, it could result in an event of default under our senior revolving credit facility. 

Additionally, under our senior revolving credit facility, SBA Senior Finance II, LLC (“Senior Finance II”) which owns, directly or indirectly, 
all of the common stock and membership interests of certain of our operating subsidiaries and is the borrower under our senior revolving credit 
facility, is required to maintain specified financial ratios, including ratios regarding Senior Finance II’s debt to annualized operating cash flow, 
cash interest expense and fixed charges for each quarter. In addition, the senior revolving credit facility contains additional negative covenants 
that, among other things, limit our ability to commit to capital expenditures and build or acquire towers without anchor or acceptable tenants. 
Our ability to meet these financial ratios and tests and comply with these covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may 
not be able to do so.  

14  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

A breach of any of these covenants, if not remedied within the specified period, could result in an event of default. Amounts borrowed under 
the senior revolving credit facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of Senior Finance II’s assets and are guaranteed by us and certain of 
our subsidiaries.  

Upon the occurrence of any default, our senior revolving credit facility lenders can prevent us from borrowing any additional amounts 
under the senior revolving credit facility. In addition, upon the occurrence of any event of default, other than certain bankruptcy events, the 
lenders under our senior revolving credit facility, by a majority vote, can elect to declare all amounts of principal outstanding under such 
facility, together with all accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay amounts that become due under the 
senior revolving credit facility, such lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness.  

Our mortgage loan relating to our CMBS Certificates contains a covenant requiring that all of the Borrowers’ cash flow in excess of 

amounts required to make debt service payments, fund required reserves, pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and make 
other payments required under the loan documents be deposited into a reserve account if the debt service coverage ratio is less than 1.30 times, 
as of the end of any calendar quarter. The mortgage loan defines debt service coverage ratio as the Net Cash Flow (as defined in the mortgage 
loan) divided by the amount of interest on the mortgage loan, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the 
succeeding twelve months. If the debt service coverage ratio is less than 1.15 times as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an “amortization 
period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to prepay the mortgage loan. If the debt service coverage 
ratio is less than 1.30 times, then the funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers until the debt service coverage ratio 
exceeds 1.30 times for two consecutive calendar quarters. As significantly all of our cash flow is generated by the Borrowers, failure to 
maintain the debt service coverage ratio above 1.30 times would impact our ability to pay our indebtedness, other than the mortgage loan, and 
to operate our business.  

The mortgage loan provides for customary remedies if an event of default occurs including foreclosure against all or part of the property 

pledged as security for the mortgage loan. The mortgage loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on 
substantially all of the Borrowers’ tower sites and their operating cash flows, (2) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ 
personal property and fixtures and (3) the Borrowers’ rights under the management agreement they entered into with SBA Network 
Management, Inc. (“SBA Network Management”) relating to the management of the Borrowers’ tower sites by SBA Network Management 
pursuant to which SBA Network Management arranges for the payment of all operating expenses and the funding of all capital expenditures 
out of amounts on deposit in one or more operating accounts maintained on the Borrowers’ behalf. We cannot assure you that our assets would 
be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.  

Our quarterly operating results for our site development services fluctuate and therefore we may not be able to adjust our cost structure on 
a timely basis with regard to such fluctuations.  

The demand for our site development services fluctuates from quarter to quarter and should not be considered as indicative of long-term 

results. Numerous factors cause these fluctuations, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   the timing and amount of our customers’ capital expenditures;  
   the size and scope of our projects;  
   the business practices of customers, such as deferring commitments on new projects until after the end of the calendar year or the 
customers’ fiscal year;  
   delays relating to a project or tenant installation of equipment;  
   seasonal factors, such as weather, vacation days and total business days in a quarter;  
   the use of third party providers by our customers;  

15  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

   the rate and volume of wireless service providers’ network development; and  
   general economic conditions.  

Although the demand for our site development services fluctuates, we incur significant fixed costs, such as maintaining a staff and office 

space in anticipation of future contracts. In addition, the timing of revenues is difficult to forecast because our sales cycle may be relatively 
long. Therefore, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure in a timely basis to respond to the fluctuations in demand for our site 
development services.  

We are not profitable and expect to continue to incur losses.  

We are not profitable. The following chart shows the net losses we incurred for the periods indicated:  

Net loss  

2006 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ (94,709 )   

2004 

$ (147,280 ) 

$ (133,448 )   

Our losses are principally due to significant interest expense, depreciation, amortization, and accretion expenses and losses from the 
write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt in the periods presented above. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we had 
interest expense, non-cash interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees of $99.7 million, depreciation, amortization, and 
accretion expense of $133.1 million, and losses from the write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt of $57.2 million in 
connection with the extinguishment of our outstanding 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes, our outstanding 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, and our $1.1 
billion bridge loan. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we had interest expense, non-cash interest expense and amortization of deferred 
financing fees of $69.6 million, depreciation, amortization, and accretion expense of $87.2 million, and losses from the write-off of deferred 
financing fees and extinguishment of debt of $29.3 million in connection with the extinguishment of a portion of our outstanding 9  3 / 4 % 
senior discount notes, a portion of our outstanding 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, our remaining outstanding 10  1 / 4 % senior notes, and our prior credit 
facility. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we had interest expense, non-cash interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees 
of $79.0 million, depreciation, amortization and accretion expense of $90.5 million, and losses from the write-off of deferred financing fees and 
extinguishment of debt of $41.2 million in connection with the retirement of our outstanding 12% senior discount notes, a portion of our 10  1 / 
4 % senior notes, and the termination of another prior credit facility. We expect to continue to incur significant losses, which may affect our 
ability to service our indebtedness.  

Increasing competition in the tower industry may adversely affect us.  

Our industry is highly competitive. Competitive pressures for tenants from our competitors could adversely affect our lease rates and 
services income. In addition, the loss of existing customers or the failure to attract new customers would lead to an accompanying adverse 
effect on our revenues, margins and financial condition. Increasing competition could also make the acquisition of quality tower assets more 
costly, which could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement and/or maintain our tower acquisition program.  

In the site leasing business, we compete with:  

• 

• 

• 

   wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to 
other providers;  
   other large independent tower companies; and  
   smaller local independent tower operators.  

There has been significant consolidation among the large independent tower companies in the past three years. Specifically, American 

Tower Corporation completed its merger with SpectraSite, Inc. in 2005, we completed our acquisition of AAT in 2006 and  

16  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Crown Castle International completed its merger with Global Signal, Inc. in 2007. As a result of these consolidations, American Tower and 
Crown Castle are substantially larger and have greater financial resources than us. This could provide them with advantages with respect to 
establishing favorable leasing terms with wireless service providers or in their ability to acquire available towers.  

Wireless service providers that own and operate their own tower networks are also generally substantially larger and have greater 
financial resources than we do. We believe that tower location and capacity, quality of service, density within a geographic market and, to a 
lesser extent, price historically have been and will continue to be the most significant competitive factors affecting the site leasing business.  

The site development services segment of our industry is also extremely competitive. There are numerous large and small companies that 

offer one or more of the services offered by our site development business. As a result of this competition, margins in this segment have 
decreased over the past few years. Many of our competitors have lower overhead expenses and therefore may be able to provide services at 
prices that we consider unprofitable. If margins in this segment were to further decrease, our consolidated revenues and our site development 
segment operating profit could be adversely affected.  

We may not be able to build and/or acquire as many towers as we anticipate.  

We currently intend to build 80 to 100 new towers during 2007 and to consummate a number of tower acquisitions. However, our ability 

to build these new towers is dependent upon the availability of sufficient capital to fund construction, our ability to locate, and acquire at 
commercially reasonable prices, attractive locations for such towers and our ability to obtain the necessary zoning and permits.  

Our ability to consummate tower acquisitions is also subject to risks. Specifically, these risks include (1) sufficient cash flow from 
operations or our ability to use debt or equity to fund such acquisitions, (2) our ability to identify those towers that would be attractive to our 
clients and accretive to our financial results, and (3) our ability to negotiate and consummate agreements to acquire such towers.  

Due to these risks, it may take longer to complete our new tower builds than anticipated, the costs of constructing or acquiring these 

towers may be higher than we expect or we may not be able to add as many towers as we had planned in 2007. If we are not able to increase 
our tower portfolio as anticipated, it could negatively impact our ability to achieve our financial goals.  

The loss of the services of certain of our key personnel or a significant number of our employees may negatively affect our business.  

Our success depends to a significant extent upon performance and active participation of our key personnel. We cannot guarantee that we 
will be successful in retaining the services of these key personnel. We have employment agreements with Jeffrey A. Stoops, our President and 
Chief Executive Officer, Kurt L. Bagwell, our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Thomas P. Hunt, our Senior Vice President 
and General Counsel and Anthony J. Macaione, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We do not have employment 
agreements with any of our other key personnel. If we were to lose any key personnel, we may not be able to find an appropriate replacement 
on a timely basis and our results of operations could be negatively affected. Further, the loss of a significant number of employees or our 
inability to hire a sufficient number of qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

Delays or changes in the deployment or adoption of new technologies as well as lower consumer demand and slower consumer adoption 
rates than anticipated may have a material adverse effect on our growth rate.  

There can be no assurances that 3G, 4G or other new wireless technologies will be deployed or adopted as rapidly as projected or that 

these new technologies will be implemented in the manner anticipated. The deployment of 3G has already experienced significant delays from 
the original projected timelines of the wireless and broadcast industries. The announcement of 4G is relatively new and its deployment 
schedule has not been determined as of yet. Additionally, the demand by consumers and the adoption rate of consumers for these new 
technologies once deployed may be lower or slower than anticipated. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our growth rate 
since growth opportunities and demand for our tower space as a result of such new technologies may not be realized at the times or to the 
extent anticipated.  

17  

   
Table of Contents  

Our costs could increase and our revenues could decrease due to perceived health risks from radio frequency (“RF”) energy.  

The government imposes requirements and other guidelines relating to RF energy. Exposure to high levels of RF energy can cause 

negative health effects the potential connection between exposure to low levels of RF energy and certain negative health effects, including 
some forms of cancer, has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years. According to the Federal 
Communications Commission (the “FCC”), the results of these studies to date have been inconclusive. However, public perception of possible 
health risks associated with cellular and other wireless communications media could slow the growth of wireless companies, which could in 
turn slow our growth. In particular, negative public perception of, and regulations regarding, health risks could cause a decrease in the demand 
for wireless communications services. Moreover, if a connection between exposure to low levels of RF energy and possible negative health 
effects, including cancer, were demonstrated, we could be subject to numerous claims. If we were subject to claims relating to RF energy, even 
if such claims were not ultimately found to have merit, our financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.  

Our business is subject to government regulations and changes in current or future regulations could harm our business.  

We are subject to federal, state and local regulation of our business. In particular, both the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) and 
FCC regulate the construction and maintenance of antenna towers and structures that support wireless communications and radio and television 
antennas. In addition, the FCC separately licenses and regulates wireless communications equipment and television and radio stations operating 
from such towers and structures. FAA and FCC regulations govern construction, lighting, painting and marking of towers and structures and 
may, depending on the characteristics of the tower or structure, require registration of the tower or structure. Certain proposals to construct new 
towers or structures or to modify existing towers or structures are reviewed by the FAA to ensure that the tower or structure will not present a 
hazard to air navigation.  

Antenna tower owners and antenna structure owners may have an obligation to mark or paint towers or structures or install lighting to 

conform to FAA and FCC regulations and to maintain such marking, painting and lighting. Antenna tower owners and antenna structure 
owners may also bear the responsibility of notifying the FAA of any lighting outages. Certain proposals to operate wireless communications 
and radio or television stations from antenna towers and structures are also reviewed by the FCC to ensure compliance with environmental 
impact requirements. Failure to comply with existing or future applicable requirements may lead to civil penalties or other liabilities and may 
subject us to significant indemnification liability to our customers against any such failure to comply. In addition, new regulations may impose 
additional costly burdens on us, which may affect our revenues and cause delays in our growth.  

Local regulations, including municipal or local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community 

developers, vary greatly, but typically require antenna tower and structure owners to obtain approval from local officials or community 
standards organizations prior to tower or structure construction or modification. Local regulations can delay, prevent, or increase the cost of 
new construction, co-locations, or site upgrades, thereby limiting our ability to respond to customer demand. In addition, new regulations may 
be adopted that increase delays or result in additional costs to us. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our future growth and 
operations.  

Our towers are subject to damage from natural disasters.  

Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters such as tornadoes and hurricanes. We maintain insurance to cover the 
estimated cost of replacing damaged towers, but these insurance policies are subject to loss limits and deductibles. We also maintain third party 
liability insurance, subject to loss limits and deductibles, to protect us in the event of an accident involving a tower. A tower accident for which 
we are uninsured or underinsured, or damage to a significant number of our towers, could require us to make significant capital expenditures 
and may have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.  

18  

   
Table of Contents  

We could have liability under environmental laws that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.  

Our operations, like those of other companies engaged in similar businesses, are subject to the requirements of various federal, state, local 

and foreign environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations, including those relating to the management, use, storage, 
disposal, emission and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials, and wastes. As owner, lessee or 
operator of numerous tower sites, we may be liable for substantial costs of remediating soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous 
materials, without regard to whether we, as the owner, lessee or operator, knew of or were responsible for the contamination. We may be 
subject to potentially significant fines or penalties if we fail to comply with any of these requirements. The current cost of complying with 
these laws is not material to our financial condition or results of operations. However, the requirements of these laws and regulations are 
complex, change frequently, and could become more stringent in the future. It is possible that these requirements will change or that liabilities 
will arise in the future in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Our dependence on our subsidiaries for cash flow may negatively affect our business.  

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own. Our only significant asset is and is expected to be the outstanding 

capital stock and membership interests of our subsidiaries. We conduct, and expect to conduct, all of our business operations through our 
subsidiaries. Accordingly, our ability to pay our obligations is dependent upon dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries to us. 
Additionally, the Borrowers under the CMBS Transaction must repay the components of the mortgage loan thereto. If the Borrowers’ cash 
flow is insufficient to cover such repayments, we may be required to refinance the mortgage loan or sell a portion or all of our interests in the 
4,975 tower sites that among other things, secure, along with their operating cash flows, the mortgage loan. Other than the amounts required to 
make repayment of amounts under the CMBS Transaction, we currently expect that the earnings and cash flow of our subsidiaries will be 
retained and used by them in their operations, including servicing their debt obligations. Our operating subsidiaries are separate and distinct 
legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise to repay the components of the mortgage loan pursuant to the CMBS Transaction 
(other than the Borrowers and SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC and CMBS-1 Holdings, LLC, as guarantors), or make any funds available to us 
for payment. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or transfer assets to us may be restricted by applicable state law and 
contractual restrictions, including the terms of the senior revolving credit facility and the CMBS Certificates.  

We have adopted anti-takeover provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.  

Provisions of our articles of incorporation, our bylaws and Florida law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if 
doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders. We adopted a shareholder rights agreement, which could make it considerably more difficult 
or costly for a person or group to acquire control of us in a transaction that our board of directors opposes. These provisions, alone or in 
combination with each other, may discourage transactions involving actual or potential changes of control, including transactions that 
otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices to holders of our Class A common stock, or could limit the ability 
of our shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.  

Our issuance of equity securities and other associated transactions may trigger a future ownership change which may negatively impact 
our ability to utilize net operating loss deferred tax assets in the future.  

The issuance of equity securities and other associated transactions may increase the chance that we will have a future ownership change 

under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. We may also have a future ownership change, outside of our control, caused by future 
equity transactions by our current shareholders. Depending on our market value at the time of such future ownership change, an ownership 
change under Section 382 could negatively impact our ability to utilize our net operating loss deferred tax assets in the event we generate future 
taxable income. Currently we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net operating loss deferred tax asset because we have 
concluded that our loss history indicates that it is not “more likely than not” that such deferred tax assets will be realized.  

19  

   
Table of Contents  

The market price of our Class A common stock could be affected by significant volatility.  

The market price of our Class A common stock has historically experienced significant fluctuations. The market price of our Class A 

common stock is likely to continue to be volatile and subject to significant price and volume fluctuations in response to market and other 
factors, including the other factors discussed elsewhere in “Risk Factors” and in “Forward-Looking Statements.” Volatility or depressed market 
prices of our Class A common stock could make it difficult for shareholders to resell their shares of Class A common stock, when they want or 
at attractive prices.  

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

ITEM 

2. PROPERTIES 

We are headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida, where we currently lease approximately 73,000 square feet of space. We have entered into 
long-term leases for regional and certain site development office locations where we expect our activities to be longer-term. We open and close 
project offices from time to time in connection with our site development business. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our 
current and planned levels of operations and that additional office space suited for our needs is reasonably available in the markets within 
which we operate.  

Our interests in towers are comprised of a variety of fee interests, leasehold interests created by long-term lease agreements, private 
easements, easements and licenses or rights-of-way granted by government entities. Of the 5,551 towers in our portfolio, approximately 11% 
are located on parcels of land that we own and approximately 89% are located on parcels of land that have leasehold interests created by long-
term lease agreements, private easements and easements, licenses or right-of-way granted by government entities. In rural areas, a wireless 
communications site typically consists of up to a 10,000 square foot tract, which supports towers, equipment shelters and guy wires to stabilize 
the structure. Less than 2,500 square feet is required for a monopole or self-supporting tower structure of the kind typically used in 
metropolitan areas for wireless communication tower sites. Land leases generally have an initial term of five years with five or more additional 
automatic renewal periods of five years, for a total of thirty years or more. In some instances, we have entered into 99 year ground leases.  

ITEM 

3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are involved in various legal proceedings relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the 

ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.  

ITEM 

4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matter was submitted to the vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006.  

20  

   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

PART II  

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our Class A common stock is traded under the symbol “SBAC” on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. The following table presents 

the high and low sales price for the Class A common stock for the periods indicated:  

Quarter ended December 31, 2006  
Quarter ended September 30, 2006  
Quarter ended June 30, 2006  
Quarter ended March 31, 2006  
Quarter ended December 31, 2005  
Quarter ended September 30, 2005  
Quarter ended June 30, 2005  
Quarter ended March 31, 2005  

High     

Low 
    28.89     23.97 
    25.90     21.95 
    26.75     20.60 
    24.19     18.29 

    19.19     14.45 
    16.59     13.72 
8.45 
    13.96    
8.14 
    10.06    

As of February 26, 2007, there were 152 record holders of our Class A common stock.  

Dividends  

We have never paid a dividend on any class of common stock and anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, to fund the 
development and growth of our business. Consequently, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable 
future. In addition, we are restricted under our Initial CMBS Certificates, Additional CMBS Certificates and our senior credit facility from 
paying dividends or making distributions and repurchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring any shares of common stock except under certain 
circumstances.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The following table gives information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants, and rights 

under all existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2006:  

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders  

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security holders  

Total  

Equity Compensation Plan Information 
(in thousands except exercise price) 

Number of Securities to be 

Weighted Average Exercise 

Issued Upon Exercise of  
Outstanding Options,  
Warrants and Rights 

Price of Outstanding  
Options, Warrants and  
Rights 

Number of Securities Remaining 

Available for Future Issuance  
Under Equity Compensation  
Plans (excluding securities  
reflected in first column) 

4,152    

—      
4,152    

21  

$ 

$ 

9.87    

—      
9.87    

8,301 

—   
8,301 

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table sets forth selected historical financial data as of and for each of the five years ended December 31, 2006. The 

financial data for the fiscal years ended 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003, and 2002 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial 
statements. The following consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to reflect the discontinued operations treatment of our 
western site development services and the 2004 reclassification of 14 towers previously classified as discontinued operations into continuing 
operations. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those consolidated financial statements 
included in this Form 10-K.  

22  

   
Table of Contents  

Operating data:  
Revenues:  

Site leasing  
Site development  
Total revenues  

Operating expenses:  
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization 

shown below):  

Cost of site leasing  
Cost of site development  
Selling, general and administrative  
Restructuring and other (credits) charges  
Asset impairment charges  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization  
Total operating expenses  
Operating income (loss)  

Other income (expense):  
Interest income  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized  
Non-cash interest expense  
Amortization of deferred financing fees  
Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of 

debt  

Other  

Total other expense  
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and 
cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  

Provision for income taxes  

Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of 

change in accounting principle  

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  

Net loss  

2006 
(audited) 

2005 

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 
(audited) 
(in thousands except for per share data) 

2003 
(audited) 

(audited)      

2002 
(audited) 

    $ 256,170      $ 161,277      $ 144,004      $ 127,852      $ 115,121   
   99,352   
   87,478     
   214,473   
   231,482     

   64,257     
   192,109     

   94,932     
   351,102     

   98,714     
  259,991     

   70,663     
   85,923     
   42,277     
(357 )   
—       
   133,088     
   331,594     
   19,508     

   47,259     
   92,693     
   28,178     
50     
398     
   87,218     
  255,796     
4,195     

   47,283     
   81,398     
   28,887     
250     
7,092     
   90,453     
   255,363     
   (23,881 )   

   47,793     
   58,683     
   30,714     
2,094     
   12,993     
   93,657     
   245,934     
   (53,825 )   

   46,709   
   81,565   
   32,740   
   47,762   
   24,194   
   95,627   
   328,597   
  (114,124 ) 

3,814     
   (81,283 )   
(6,845 )   
   (11,584 )   

2,096     
   (40,511 )   
   (26,234 )   
(2,850 )   

516     
   (47,460 )   
   (28,082 )   
(3,445 )   

692     
   (81,501 )   
(9,277 )   
(5,115 )   

601   
   (54,822 ) 
   (29,038 ) 
(4,480 ) 

   (57,233 )   
692     
  (152,439 )   

   (29,271 )   
31     
   (96,739 )   

   (41,197 )   
236     
  (119,432 )   

   (24,219 )   
169     
  (119,251 )   

—     
(169 ) 
   (87,908 ) 

  (132,931 )   
(517 )   

   (92,544 )   
(2,104 )   

  (143,313 )   
(710 )   

  (173,076 )   
(1,729 )   

  (202,032 ) 
(300 ) 

  (133,448 )   
—       
  (133,448 )   
—       

  (202,332 ) 
(4,081 ) 
  (206,413 ) 
   (60,674 ) 
    $ (133,448 )    $ (94,709 )    $ (147,280 )    $ (175,148 )    $ (267,087 ) 

  (174,805 )   
202     
  (174,603 )   
(545 )   

  (144,023 )   
(3,257 )   
  (147,280 )   
—       

   (94,648 )   
(61 )   
   (94,709 )   
   —       

Basic and diluted loss per common share amounts:  
Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in 

accounting principle  

Loss from discontinued operations  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle  
Net loss per common share  
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding  

    $ 

    $ 

(1.36 )    $ 
—       
—       
(1.36 )    $ 

(1.28 )    $ 

   —       
   —       

(1.28 )    $ 

(2.47 )    $ 
(0.05 )   
—       
(2.52 )    $ 

(3.35 )    $ 
—       
(0.01 )   
(3.36 )    $ 

(4.01 ) 
(0.08 ) 
(1.20 ) 
(5.29 ) 
   50,491   

   98,193     

   73,823     

   58,420     

   52,204     

23  

   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
    
    
  
  
   
    
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Short-term investments  
Restricted cash, current (1)  
Property and equipment, net  
Intangibles, net  
Total assets  
Total debt (2)  
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit) (3)  

Other Data:  
Cash provided by (used in):  

Operating activities  
Investing activities  
Financing activities  

Tower Data Rollforward:  
Towers owned at the beginning of period  
Towers acquired in AAT Acquisition  
Towers acquired  
Towers constructed  
Towers reclassified/disposed of (4)  
Total towers owned at the end of period  

Other Tower Data:  
Towers held for sale at end of period  
Towers in continuing operations at end of period  

2006 
(audited) 

2005 

As of December 31, 
2004 

(audited)      

(audited)      
(in thousands) 

2003 
(audited) 

2002 
(audited) 

    $ 

46,148     
—       
34,403     
  1,105,942     
   724,872     
  2,046,292     
  1,555,000     
   385,921     

$  45,934     
   19,777     
   19,512     
  728,333     
   31,491     
  952,536     
  784,392     
   81,431     

$  69,627     
   —       
2,017     
  745,831     
   —       
  917,244     
  927,706     
   (88,671 )   

$ 
8,338     
   15,200     
   10,344     
   830,145     
—       
   958,252     
   870,758     
(1,566 )   

$ 

61,141   
—     
—     
   922,392   
—     
  1,279,267   
  1,024,282   
   161,024   

2006 
(audited) 

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 

2005 

(audited)      

(audited)      
(in thousands) 

2003 
(audited) 

2002 
(audited) 

    $ 

75,960     
   (739,876 )   
   664,130     

$  49,767     
   (99,283 )   
   25,823     

$  14,216     
1,326     
   45,747     

$  (29,808 )   
   155,456     
  (178,451 )   

$ 
17,807   
   (102,716 ) 
   132,146   

2006 

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 

2003 

2005 

3,304     
1,850     
339     
60     
(2 )   
5,551     

3,066     
   —       
208     
36     
(6 )   
3,304     

3,093     
   —       
5     
10     
(42 )   
3,066     

—       
5,551     
5,551     

   —       
3,304     
3,304     

6     
3,060     
3,066     

3,877     
—       
—       
13     
(797 )   
3,093     

47     
3,046     
3,093     

2002 

3,734   
—     
53   
141   
(51 ) 
3,877   

837   
3,040   
3,877   

(1)  Restricted cash of $34.4 million as of December 31, 2006 consists of $30.7 million related to CMBS mortgage loan requirements and 
$3.7 million of payment and performance bonds which primarily related to collateral requirements relating to tower construction 
currently in process. Restricted cash of $19.5 million as of December 31, 2005 consisted of $17.9 million related to CMBS mortgage loan 
requirements and $1.6 million of payment and performance bonds which primarily related to collateral requirements relating to tower 
construction currently in process. Restricted cash of $2.0 million as of December 31, 2004 was payment and performance bonds which 
primarily related to collateral requirements relating to tower construction currently in process. Restricted cash of $10.3 million as of 
December 31, 2003 consisted of $7.3 million of cash held by an escrow agent in accordance with certain provisions of the Western tower 
sale agreement and $3.0 million related to surety bonds issued for our benefit. 
Includes deferred gain on interest rate swap of $1.9 million as of December 31, 2004, $4.6 million as of December 31, 2003 and $5.2 
million as of December 31, 2002, respectively. 
Includes deferred loss from the termination of nine interest rate swap agreements of $12.8 million as of December 31, 2006. Includes 
deferred gain from the termination of two interest rate swap agreements of $12.1 million as of December 31, 2006 and $14.5 million as of 
December 31, 2005. 

(3) 

(2) 

(4)  Reclassifications reflect the combination for reporting purposes of multiple acquired tower structures on a single parcel of real estate, 

which we market and customers view as a single location, into a single owned tower site. Dispositions reflect the decommissioning, sale, 
conveyance or other legal transfer of owned tower sites. 

24  

   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
    
    
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
    
    
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
    
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information 
contained in our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that 
involve certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Form 10-K. Our actual 
results may differ materially from those discussed below. See “Forward-looking statements” and Item 1A. Risk Factors.  

We are a leading independent owner and operator of wireless communications towers in 47 of the 48 contiguous United States, Puerto 
Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our principal business line is our site leasing business, which contributes over 90% of our segment operating 
profit. In our site leasing business, we lease antenna space to wireless service providers on towers and other structures that we own, manage or 
lease from others. The towers that we own have been constructed by us at the request of a wireless service provider, built or constructed based 
on our own initiative or acquired. As of December 31, 2006, we owned 5,551 towers. We also manage or lease over 5,700 actual or potential 
communications sites, of which 785 are revenue producing. Our second business line is our site development business, through which we assist 
wireless service providers in developing and maintaining their own wireless service networks.  

Site Leasing Services  

Our primary focus is the leasing of antenna space on our multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers under long-term 
lease contracts. Site leasing revenues are received primarily from wireless service provider tenants, including Alltel, Cingular (now AT&T), 
Sprint Nextel, T-Mobile and Verizon Wireless. Wireless service providers enter into numerous different tenant leases with us, each of which 
relates to the lease or use of space at an individual tower site. Each tenant lease is generally for an initial term of five years, and is renewable 
for five 5-year periods at the option of the tenant. Almost all of our tenant leases contain specific rent escalators, which average 3-4% per year, 
including the renewal option periods. Tenant leases are generally paid on a monthly basis and revenue from site leasing is recorded monthly on 
a straight-line basis over the current term of the related lease agreements. Rental amounts received in advance are recorded in deferred revenue. 
Additional site leasing revenue is generated through the execution of (1) new lease agreements for new tenant installations and (2) amendments 
to leases for additional equipment being added by existing tenants. Of the total annualized revenue added through leases and amendments 
executed during 2006, 73% resulted from new tenant leases. The remaining 27% resulted from amendments for additional equipment. By 
comparison, for leases and amendments executed during 2005, 82% of the total annualized revenue resulted from new tenant leases while 18% 
resulted from amendments for additional equipment.  

Cost of site leasing revenue primarily consists of:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   Rental payments on ground and other underlying property leases;  
   Straight line rent adjustment for the difference between rental payments made and the expense recorded as if the payments had been 
made evenly throughout the minimum lease term (which may include renewal terms) of the underlying property lease;  
   Site maintenance and monitoring costs (exclusive of employee related costs);  
   Utilities;  
   Property insurance; and  
   Property taxes.  

For any given tower, such costs are relatively fixed over a monthly or an annual time period. As such, operating costs for owned towers 
do not generally increase significantly as a result of adding additional customers to the tower. The amount of other direct costs associated with 
operating a tower varies from site to site depending on the taxing jurisdiction and the height and age of the tower but typically do not make up a 
large percentage of total operating costs. The ongoing maintenance requirements are typically minimal and include replacing lighting systems, 
painting a tower or upgrading or repairing an access road or fencing. Lastly, ground leases are generally for an initial term of 5 years or more, 
renewable, at our option, for multiple five-year periods, and provide for either annual rent escalators which typically average 3% - 4% annually 
or for term escalations of approximately 15%.  

The table below details the percentage of total company revenues and operating profit contributed by the site leasing segment. 

Information regarding the total and percentage of assets used in our site leasing services business is included in Note 22 of our Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in this Report.  

25  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

For the year ended December 31, 2006  
For the year ended December 31, 2005  
For the year ended December 31, 2004  

Percentage of 

Revenues 
73.0% 
62.0% 
62.2% 

Site Leasing Segment 

Operating Profit  
Contribution (1) 
95.4% 
95.0% 
94.1% 

(1)    Site Leasing Segment Operating Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. We reconcile this measure and provide 

other Regulations G disclosure later in this annual report in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures.  

As a result of the AAT Acquisition, we expect that site leasing revenues and segment operating profit will increase substantially in 2007. 
We believe that over the long-term site leasing revenues will continue to grow as wireless service providers lease additional antenna space on 
our towers due to increasing minutes of network use and network coverage requirements. We believe our site leasing business is characterized 
by stable and long-term recurring revenues, predictable operating costs and minimal capital expenditures. Due to the relatively young age and 
mix of our tower portfolio, we expect future expenditures required to maintain these towers to be minimal. Consequently, we expect to grow 
our cash flows by adding tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs by using existing tower capacity or requiring wireless service 
providers to bear all or a portion of the cost of tower modifications. Furthermore, because our towers are strategically positioned and our 
customers typically do not re-locate, we have historically experienced low customer churn as a percentage of revenue.  

Site Development Services  

Our site development business is complementary to our site leasing business, and provides us the ability to (1) keep in close contact with 
the wireless service providers who generate substantially all of our site leasing revenue and (2) capture ancillary revenues that are generated by 
our site leasing activities, such as antenna installation and equipment installation at our tower locations. Our site development services business 
consists of two segments, site development consulting and site development construction, through which we provide wireless service providers 
a full range of end-to-end services. We principally perform services for third parties in our core, historical areas of wireless expertise, 
specifically site acquisition, zoning, technical services and construction.  

Site development services revenues are received primarily from wireless service providers or companies providing development or 
project management services to wireless service providers. Our site development customers engage us on a project-by-project basis, and a 
customer can generally terminate an assignment at any time without penalty. Site development projects, both consulting and construction, 
include contracts on a time and materials basis or a fixed price basis. The majority of our site development services are billed on a fixed price 
basis. Time and materials based site development contracts are billed and revenue is recognized at contractual rates as the services are 
rendered. Our site development projects generally take from three to twelve months to complete. For those site development consulting 
contracts in which we perform work on a fixed price basis, we bill the client, and recognize revenue, based on the completion of agreed upon 
phases of this project on a per site basis. Upon the completion of each phase, we recognize the revenue related to that phase.  

Our revenue from construction projects is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, determined by the 

percentage of cost incurred to date compared to management’s estimated total cost for each contract. This method is used because management 
considers total cost to be the best available measure of progress on the contracts. These amounts are based on estimates, and the uncertainty 
inherent in the estimates initially is reduced as work on the contracts nears completion. Revenue from our site development construction 
business may fluctuate from period to period depending on construction activities, which are a function of the timing and amount of our clients’ 
capital expenditures, the number and significance of active customer engagements during a period, weather and other factors.  

Cost of site development consulting revenue and construction revenue include all costs of materials, salaries and labor costs, including 

payroll taxes, subcontract labor, vehicle expense and other costs directly and indirectly related to the projects. All costs related to site 
development consulting projects and construction projects are recognized as incurred.  

26  

   
  
   
 
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

The table below provides the percentage of total company revenues and total segment operating profit contributed by site development 
services over the last three years. Information regarding the total and percentage of assets used in our site development services businesses is 
included in Note 22 of our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.  

For the year ended December 31, 

Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Percentage of Revenues 
2005   
5.2 %   

2004   
6.2 %   
    22.3 %    32.8 %    31.6 %   

2006   
4.7 %   

Segment Operating Profit Contribution 
2004 
2005 
2006 

1.3 % 
3.3 % 

1.3 % 
3.7 % 

1.6 % 
4.3 % 

During 2004, we completed our previously announced plan to exit the services business in the Western portion of the United States based 
on our determination that the business was no longer beneficial to our site leasing business at the time. In connection with this plan, we realized 
gross proceeds from sales during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 of $0.4 million, and recorded a loss on disposal of discontinued 
operations of $0.8 million both of which are included in loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes in our Consolidated Statements 
of Operations.  

Additional CMBS Certificates Issuance  

On November 6, 2006, SBA CMBS -1 Depositor LLC, (the “Depositor”) an indirect subsidiary of ours, sold in a private transaction, 

$1.15 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Series 2006-1 issued by SBA CMBS Trust (the “Trust”), a trust established 
by the Depositor (the “Additional CMBS Transaction”). The Additional CMBS Certificates have a weighted average monthly fixed coupon 
interest rate of 6.0%, and a weighted average interest rate to us of 6.3% after giving effect to the settlement of the hedging arrangements we 
entered into in anticipation of the financing. We used a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this issuance to repay the bridge facility, 
fund required reserves, and pay fees and expenses associated with the Additional CMBS Transaction. The remainder of the net proceeds were 
used for working capital. The Additional CMBS Certificates have an anticipated repayment date of five years with a final repayment date in 
November 2036.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

We have identified the policies and significant estimation processes below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of 

our results of operations. The listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular 
transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, with no need for management’s judgment 
in their application. In other cases, management is required to exercise judgment in the application of accounting principles with respect to 
particular transactions. The impact and any associated risks related to these policies on our business operations is discussed throughout 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” where such policies affect reported and expected 
financial results. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2006, included herein. Our preparation of our financial statements requires us to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of 
our financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Management bases its estimates on 
historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. There can be no assurance 
that actual results will not differ from those estimates and such differences could be significant.  

27  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Construction Revenue  

Revenue from construction projects is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, determined by the percentage 

of cost incurred to date compared to management’s estimated total cost for each contract. This method is used because we consider total cost to 
be the best available measure of progress on each contract. These amounts are based on estimates, and the uncertainty inherent in the estimates 
initially is reduced as work on each contract nears completion. The asset “costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted 
contracts” represents expenses incurred and revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability “billings in excess of costs and 
estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts” represents billings in excess of revenues recognized.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers. We continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers and 
maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses based upon our historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that we have 
identified. Establishing reserves against specific accounts receivable and the overall adequacy of our allowance is a matter of judgment.  

Asset Impairment  

We evaluate the potential impairment of individual long-lived assets, principally the tower sites and intangible assets. We record an 
impairment charge when we believe an investment in towers or the intangible asset has been impaired, such that future undiscounted cash flows 
would not recover the then current carrying value of the investment in the tower site. We consider many factors and make certain assumptions 
when making this assessment, including but not limited to: general market and economic conditions, historical operating results, geographic 
location, lease-up potential and expected timing of lease-up. In addition, we make certain assumptions in determining an asset’s fair value less 
costs to sell for purposes of calculating the amount of an impairment charge. Changes in those assumptions or market conditions may result in 
a fair value less costs to sell which is different from management’s estimates. Future adverse changes in market conditions could result in 
losses or an inability to recover the carrying value, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future. In addition, if our 
assumptions regarding future undiscounted cash flows and related assumptions are incorrect, a future impairment charge may be required.  

Property Tax Expense  

We typically receive notifications and invoices in arrears for property taxes associated with the tangible personal property and real 
property used in our site leasing business. As a result, we recognize property tax expense, which is reflected as a component of site leasing cost 
of revenue, based on our best estimate of anticipated property tax payments related to the current period. We consider several factors in 
establishing this estimate, including our historical level of incurred property taxes, the location of the property, our awareness of jurisdictional 
property value assessment methods and industry related property tax information. If our estimates regarding anticipated property tax expenses 
are incorrect, a future increase or decrease in site leasing cost of revenue may be required.  

28  

   
Table of Contents  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Year Ended 2006 Compared to Year Ended 2005  

Revenues:  

Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Total revenues  

2006 

$ 256,170    
   16,660    
   78,272    
$ 351,102    

For the year ended December 31, 

Percentage 
of Revenues   

Percentage 
of Revenues   

2005 
(in thousands except for percentages) 
$ 161,277    
73.0 %   
   13,549    
4.7 %   
   85,165    
22.3 %   
$ 259,991    
100.0 %   

62.0 %   
5.2 %   
32.8 %   
100.0 %   

Percentage 

Change    

58.8  % 
23.0  % 
(8.1 )% 
35.0  % 

Site leasing revenue increased due to the increased number of new tenant installations, the amount of lease amendments related to 
equipment added to our towers, revenue generated by the towers that we acquired in the AAT Acquisition, other towers acquired, and towers 
constructed during 2006. The AAT Acquisition contributed approximately $63.2 million of the increase in total revenues. As of December 31, 
2006, we had 13,602 tenants as compared to 8,278 tenants at December 31, 2005. Additionally, we have experienced on average, higher rents 
per tenant due to higher rents from new tenants, higher rents upon renewal by existing tenants and additional equipment added by existing 
tenants. Lastly, we added 2,249 towers to our portfolio in 2006 versus only adding 244 towers in 2005.  

Site development consulting revenues increased as a result of a higher volume of work in 2006 versus 2005. Site development 

construction revenue decreased due to the roll-off of certain of our prior construction contracts from the larger wireless carriers and our efforts 
to focus on capturing the higher margin services work rather than volume.  

Operating Expenses:  

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization):  

Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Selling, general and administrative  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization  

Total operating expenses  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

Percentage 

2006 

2005 

Change    

(in thousands) 

$  70,663     
   14,082     
   71,841     
   42,277     
(357 )   
  133,088     
$ 331,594     

$  47,259    
   12,004    
   80,689    
   28,178    
448    
   87,218    
$ 255,796    

49.5  % 
17.3  % 
(11.0 )% 
50.0  % 
(179.6 )% 
52.6  % 
29.6  % 

Site leasing cost of revenues increased primarily as a result of the growth in the number of towers owned by us, which was 5,551 at 

December 31, 2006 up from 3,304 at December 31, 2005. The AAT Acquisition contributed approximately $19.6 million to the increase in 
total site leasing cost of revenues. Site development consulting cost of revenues increased as a result of higher volume of work for the year 
ended December 31, 2006 versus the same period of 2005. Site development construction cost of revenue decreased due to the roll-off of 
certain of our prior construction contracts from the larger wireless carriers and our efforts to focus on capturing the higher margin services 
work rather than volume. That focus and changing market conditions for the year ended December 31, 2006 resulted in higher margin jobs in 
2006 versus 2005.  

29  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
    
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Selling, general, and administrative expense increased $14.1 million, which was due to a $6.9 million increase in salaries, benefits, and 

other backoffice operating expenses resulting primarily from a higher number of employees, a significant portion of which is attributable to the 
AAT Acquisition. Selling, general, and administrative expense was also impacted by $5.3 million of stock option and employee stock purchase 
plan expense that we recognized in 2006 in accordance with SFAS 123R as compared to $0.5 million in 2005. The remaining portion of the 
increase was due to $2.3 million of bonus, transition, and integration expenses incurred in connection with the AAT Acquisition. These bonus, 
transition, and integration expenses are not expected to recur in future years.  

Depreciation, accretion and amortization expense increased primarily due to expense on assets acquired in the AAT Acquisition, which 

represented approximately $46.4 million, offset by the decrease in certain towers becoming fully depreciated since December 31, 2005.  

Operating Income:  

Operating income  

For the year  
ended December 31,      

2006 

2005 

(in thousands) 

Percentage 

Change    

$ 19,508    

$ 4,195    

365.0  % 

The increase in operating income was primarily due to increases in the segment operating profit (see below) of the site leasing segment, 

which was primarily due to an increased number of towers acquired in the AAT Acquisition. This increase was further augmented by an 
increase in segment operating profit of the site development construction segment which was due to the roll-off of certain of our prior 
construction contracts from the larger wireless carriers which were at lower margins than subsequent work that was at higher margins. These 
increases were offset by an increase in selling, general, and administrative expense and depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense for 
the year ended December 31, 2006 versus the year ended December 31, 2005.  

Segment Operating Profit:  

Segment operating profit:  
Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Total  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

Percentage 

2006 

2005 

Change    

(in thousands) 

$ 185,507    
2,578    
6,431    
$ 194,516    

$ 114,018    
1,545    
4,476    
$ 120,039    

62.7 % 
66.9 % 
43.7 % 
62.0 % 

The increase in site leasing segment operating profit related primarily to additional revenue generated by the increased number of towers 
acquired in the AAT Acquisition, which contributed $43.6 million of the increase. The remaining increase is primarily due to the revenue from 
the increased number of tenants and tenant equipment on our sites in 2006 versus 2005, which had minimal incremental associated costs.  

30  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Other Income (Expense):  

Interest income  
Interest expense  
Non-cash interest expense  
Amortization of deferred financing fees  
Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of 

debt  

Other  

Total other expense  

For the year ended  
ended December 31,  

2006 

2005 

(in thousands) 

$ 
3,814     
   (81,283 )   
(6,845 )   
   (11,584 )   

   (57,233 )   
692     
$ (152,439 )   

$  2,096     
  (40,511 )   
  (26,234 )   
   (2,850 )   

  (29,271 )   
31     
$ (96,739 )   

Percentage 
Change    

82.0 % 
100.6 % 
(73.9 )% 
306.5 % 

95.5 % 
2,132.3 % 
57.6 % 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $40.8 million from the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase is 

primarily due to the higher aggregate amount of cash-interest bearing debt outstanding during 2006, which consisted of a $1.1 billion bridge 
loan during the second, third, and a portion of the fourth quarters of 2006 and $405 million of Initial CMBS Certificates outstanding for all 
twelve months of 2006 and $1.15 billion of Additional CMBS Certificates outstanding for the last two months of 2006, versus an average 
balance of $587.6 million of cash interest bearing debt in 2005, which was primarily comprised of our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, our senior secured 
credit facility and the Initial CMBS Certificates.  

Non-cash interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 decreased $19.4 million from the year ended December 31, 2005. The 
decrease was a result of the redemption and repurchase of $111.8 million of 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes in June and November of 2005 and 
the repurchase of the remaining aggregate principal amount of $223.7 million of these notes in April 2006.  

Amortization of deferred financing fees for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased by $8.7 million, as compared to the year ended 

December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to amortization of fees relating to the $1.1 billion bridge loan, the $1.15 billion of 
Additional CMBS Certificates, the $405.0 million of Initial CMBS Certificates, and the senior revolving credit facility for the year ended 
December 31, 2006 versus the amortization of fees on outstanding 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes, and the senior secured 
credit facility for the year ended December 31, 2005.  

Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $57.2 million, an 
increase of $27.9 million from the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was attributable to the loss from write-off of $10.2 million of 
deferred financing fees and $47.0 million of losses on the extinguishment of debt resulting from the repayment of the $1.1 billion of the bridge 
loan in November 2006, repurchase of $223.7 million of our 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes and $162.5 million of our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes in 
April 2006, versus the loss from write-off of $2.3 million of deferred financing fees and $10.9 million of losses on the extinguishment of debt 
associated with the redemption of $111.8 million of our 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes, the write-off of $1.7 million of deferred financing fees 
and $7.4 million of losses from the write-off of $87.5 million of our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, the write-off of $5.4 million of deferred financing 
fees associated with the repayment and refinancing of our prior senior credit facility, and the write-off of $0.8 million of deferred financing fees 
and $0.7 million on the extinguishment of debt associated with the redemption of $50.0 million of our 10  1 / 4 % senior notes during 2005.  

31  

   
   
  
   
    
  
  
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Adjusted EBITDA:  

Adjusted EBITDA  

For the year ended  
December 31,  

2006 

2005 

(in thousands) 

Percentage   
Change    

$ 161,814    

$ 95,322    

69.8 % 

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily the result of increased segment operating profit 
from our site leasing segment. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We reconcile this measure and provide other Regulation 
G disclosures later in this annual report in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures.  

Net Loss:  

Net loss  

For the year ended  
December 31,  

2006 

2005 

(in thousands) 

Percentage   
Change    

$ (133,448 )   

$ (94,709 )   

40.9 % 

Net loss for year ended December 31, 2006 increased $38.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net loss is 

primarily a result of higher interest expense, an increase in loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt, and 
higher amortization of deferred financing fees, offset by improved operating income and lower non-cash interest expense for the year ended 
December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.  

Year Ended 2005 Compared to Year Ended 2004  

Revenues:  

Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Total revenues  

2005 

$ 161,277    
   13,549    
   85,165    
$ 259,991    

For the year ended December 31, 
Percentage 
of Revenues   

Percentage 
of Revenues   

2004 
(in thousands except for percentages) 
$ 144,004    
   14,456    
   73,022    
$ 231,482    

62.0 %   
5.2 %   
32.8 %   
100.0 %   

62.2 %   
6.2 %   
31.6 %   
100.0 %   

Percentage 
Change    

12.0 % 
(6.3 )% 
16.6 % 
12.3 % 

Site leasing revenue increased due to the increased number of new tenant installations, the amount of lease amendments related to 
equipment added to our towers and the towers we acquired and constructed during 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we had 8,278 tenants as 
compared to 7,449 tenants at December 31, 2004. Additionally, we have experienced on average higher rents per tenant due to higher rents 
from new tenants, higher rents upon renewal by existing tenants and additional equipment added by existing tenants. Lastly, we added 244 
towers in 2005 versus only 15 towers in 2004.  

Site development construction revenue increased primarily as a result of revenue generated from a services contract with Cingular in the 

North and South Carolina markets that was only in its initial stages in 2004. The increase in site development construction revenue is also a 
result of an increase in the overall volume of work in the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2005 as compared to the same periods of 2004.  

32  

   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Operating Expenses:  

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization):  

Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Selling, general and administrative  
Asset impairment and other charges  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization  

Total operating expenses  

For the year  
ended December 31,  

Percentage 

2005 

2004 

Change    

(in thousands) 

$  47,259   
   12,004   
   80,689   
   28,178   
448   
   87,218   
$ 255,796   

$  47,283    
   12,768    
   68,630    
   28,887    
7,342    
   90,453    
$ 255,363    

(0.1 )% 
(6.0 )% 
17.6  % 
(2.5 )% 
(93.9 )% 
(3.6 )% 
0.2  % 

Site development construction cost of revenue increased primarily as a result of the increase in volume related to the Cingular contract 
mentioned above, as well as an increase in the overall volume of work in the second, third, and fourth quarters of 2005 as compared to the same 
periods of 2004.  

Asset impairment charges decreased as a result of impairment charges taken on one tower for $0.2 million and the remaining value of the 

microwave network equipment of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as opposed to charges on 40 towers of $2.6 million and 
microwave network equipment of $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.  

Operating Income (Loss):  

Operating income (loss)  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2005 

2004 

(in thousands) 

Percentage 

Change    

$ 4,195    

$ (23,881 )   

117.6  % 

The decrease in operating loss from continuing operations primarily was a result of higher revenues and lower overall operating expenses, 

in particular asset impairment charges, and a decrease in depreciation, accretion and amortization expense in 2005 as compared to 2004.  

Segment Operating Profit:  

Segment operating profit:  
Site leasing  
Site development consulting  
Site development construction  

Total  

For the year ended  
December 31,  

2005 

2004 

(in thousands) 

Percentage 
Change    

$ 114,018   
1,545   
4,476   
$ 120,039   

$  96,721    
1,688    
4,392    
$ 102,801    

17.9 % 
(8.5 )% 
1.9 % 
16.8 % 

The increase in site leasing segment operating profit was related primarily to additional revenue per tower generated by the increased 

number of tenants on our sites in 2005 versus 2004, without a commensurate increase in the cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, 
accretion, and amortization) due to property tax reductions and tower operating cost reduction initiatives.  

33  

   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
    
  
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Other Income (Expense):  

Interest income  
Interest expense  
Non-cash interest expense  
Amortization of deferred financing fees  
Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Other  

Total other expense  

For the year ended  
ended December 31, 

Percentage 

2005 

2004 

Change    

(in thousands) 

$  2,096     
  (40,511 )   
  (26,234 )   
   (2,850 )   
  (29,271 )   
31     
$ (96,739 )   

$ 
516     
   (47,460 )   
   (28,082 )   
(3,445 )   
   (41,197 )   
236     
$ (119,432 )   

306.2 % 
(14.6 )% 
(6.6 )% 
(17.3 )% 
(28.9 )% 
(86.9 )% 
(19.0 )% 

Interest expense, non-cash interest expense, and amortization of deferred financing fees decreased primarily as a result of the redemptions 
of 35% of our 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes and our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes from the proceeds of our May and October equity offerings totaling 
$226.9 million in 2005.  

The decrease in loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt was attributed to the write-off of $10.2 million 
of deferred financing fees and $19.1 million of losses on the extinguishment of debt resulting from the retirement of our 10  1 / 4 % senior notes, 
refinancing our senior credit facility, and redemptions of 35% of our 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes and our 8  1 / 2 % senior notes for the year 
ended December 31, 2005, versus a write-off of $13.1 million of deferred financing fees and $28.1 million of losses on the extinguishment of 
debt associated with the early retirement of our 12% senior discount notes, a significant portion of our 10  1 / 4 % senior notes and the 
termination of a prior senior credit facility in the year ended December 31, 2004.  

Adjusted EBITDA:  

Adjusted EBITDA  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2005 

2004 

(in thousands) 

Percentage 

Change    

$ 95,322   

$ 78,794    

21.0 % 

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily the result of improvement in the site leasing segment operating profit for the year ended 

December 31, 2005 versus the year ended December 31, 2004. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We reconcile this 
measure and provide other Regulation G disclosures later in this annual report in the section titled Non-GAAP Financial Measures.  

Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes:  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2005      

2004 

(in thousands) 

Percentage 

Change    

$ (61 )   

$  (3,257 )   

(98.1 )% 

Loss from discontinued operations of $3.3 million in 2004 was primarily a result of the loss on the western services business, which was 

sold in 2004, as compared to only trailing costs of $0.06 million in 2005.  

34  

   
   
   
   
  
   
    
  
  
  
   
    
    
 
  
   
    
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Net Loss:  

Net loss  

For the year ended  
December 31,  

2005 

2004 

(in thousands) 

Percentage   
Change    

$ (94,709 )   

$ (147,280 )   

(35.7 )% 

The decrease in net loss is primarily a result of improved operating income (loss), lower asset impairment charges, lower depreciation, 

accretion, and amortization expense and lower interest expense and non-cash interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 as 
compared with the year ended December 31, 2004.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

SBA Communications Corporation (“SBA Communications”) is a holding company with no business operations of its own. Our only 

significant asset is the outstanding capital stock of SBA Telecommunications, Inc. (“Telecommunications”) which is also a holding company 
that owns the outstanding capital stock of SBA Senior Finance, Inc. (“SBA Senior Finance”), which, directly or indirectly, owns the equity 
interest in substantially all of our subsidiaries. We conduct all of our business operations through our SBA Senior Finance subsidiaries, 
primarily through the borrowers under the mortgage loan underlying the Initial CMBS Certificates and Additional CMBS Certificates 
(collectively, the “CMBS Certificates”), and SBA Senior Finance II LLC, the borrower under the revolving credit facility.  

Accordingly, our only source of cash to pay our obligations, other than financings, is distributions with respect to our ownership interest 

in our subsidiaries from the net earnings and cash flow generated by these subsidiaries. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay cash or stock 
dividends is restricted under the terms of our CMBS Certificates and our other debt instruments.  

A summary of our cash flows is as follows:  

Summary cash flow information:  
Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash used in investing activities  
Cash provided by financing activities  

Increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31, 2005  
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31, 2006  

For the year ended 
December 31, 2006   
(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

75,960   
(739,876 ) 
664,130   
214   
45,934   
46,148   

Sources of Liquidity  

We have traditionally funded our growth, including our tower portfolio growth, through borrowings under our revolving credit facility, 

long-term indebtedness and equity issuances. In addition, we have recently begun to fund our growth with cash flows from operations.  

During the past few years, we have pursued a strategy of refinancing our higher cost long-term debt with lower cost debt and equity in 

order to lower our total indebtedness, our interest expense and our weighted average cost of debt. As a result of these initiatives, we redeemed 
and/or repurchased an aggregate of $249.3 million of our high-yield notes during 2005 and the remaining $386.2 million in 2006. In addition, 
we reduced our weighted average cost of debt from 7.35% at December 31, 2005 to 5.96% at December 31, 2006.  

35  

   
   
   
  
   
    
  
   
    
    
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

In connection with the AAT Acquisition, we repurchased all of our outstanding 9  3 / 4 %   senior discount notes and 8  1 / 2 % senior notes. 

We funded these repurchases, including the associated premiums and fees, and the cash consideration paid in the AAT Acquisition, with a 
portion of $1.1 billion bridge loan entered into by Senior Finance.  

On November 6, 2006, SBA CMBS-1 Depositor LLC, an indirect subsidiary of ours, sold in a private transaction $1.15 billion of 

Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-1 issued by SBA CMBS Trust. The Additional CMBS Certificates have a 
weighted average fixed coupon interest rate of 6.0%, and a weighted average interest rate to us of 6.3% after giving effect to the settlement of 
the hedging arrangements we entered into in anticipation of the financing. The Additional CMBS Certificates have an expected life of five 
years with a final repayment date in 2036. We used a substantial portion of the net proceeds received from this offering to repay our $1.1 
billion bridge facility, to fund required reserves, and pay fees and expenses associated with the Additional CMBS Transaction. The remainder 
of the net proceeds were used for working capital. Upon the closing of the Additional CMBS Transaction, we had total indebtedness 
outstanding of $1.6 billion, consisting entirely of a mortgage loan held by the Trust bearing a weighted average coupon fixed interest rate of 
5.9%.  

On December 22, 2005, we entered into a credit agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility in the amount of $160.0 million. 

This facility consists of a $160.0 million revolving loan, which may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with certain 
covenants. This facility will mature on December 21, 2007. Amounts borrowed under the facility will accrue interest at LIBOR plus a margin 
that ranges from 75 basis points to 200 basis points or at a base rate plus a margin that ranges from 12.5 basis points to 100 basis points. 
Amounts borrowed under this facility will be secured by a first lien on substantially all of SBA Senior Finance II’s assets and are guaranteed by 
certain of our other subsidiaries. No amounts were outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we were in 
full compliance with the terms of the credit facility and based on our current leverage, we had the ability to draw an additional $29.0 million.  

Cash provided by operating activities was $76.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This amount was primarily the result of 

operating income from the site leasing segment exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization.  

In order to manage our leverage position and to ensure continued compliance with our financial covenants, we may decide to pursue a 
variety of actions. These actions may include incurring additional indebtedness to stay at target leverage levels, selling certain assets or lines of 
business, issuing common stock or securities convertible into shares of common stock, or pursuing other financial alternatives, including 
securitization transactions. If implemented these actions could increase one interest expense and/or dilute our existing shareholders. We cannot 
assure you that we will implement any of these strategies or that if implemented, these strategies could be implemented on terms favorable to 
our company and its shareholders.  

Registration Statements  

In connection with our acquisitions, we have on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission shelf registration statements on Form 

S-4 registering shares of Class A common stock that we may issue in connection with the acquisition of wireless communication towers or 
companies that provide related services. During 2006, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission registering an aggregate 4.0 million shares of its Class A common stock. During 2006, we issued approximately 
1.8 million shares of Class A common stock under these registration statements in connection with the acquisition of 131 towers and related 
assets. As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately 4.5 million shares of Class A common stock remaining under these shelf registration 
statements.  

On April 14, 2006, we filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement for well-known seasoned issuers on Form S-

3ASR. This registration statement enables us to issue shares of our Class A common stock, shares of preferred stock, which may be represented 
by depositary shares, unsecured senior, senior subordinated or subordinated debt securities; and warrants to purchase any of these securities in 
any amounts approved by our board of directors, subject to the requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the securities and other laws 
applicable to us. Under the rules governing the automatic shelf registration statements, we  

36  

   
Table of Contents  

will file a prospectus supplement and advise the Commission of the amount and type of securities each time we issue securities under this 
registration statement.  

Uses of Liquidity  

Our principal use of liquidity is cash capital expenditures associated with the growth of our tower portfolio. Our cash capital 

expenditures, including cash used for acquisitions, for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $754.5 million, comprised of $644.4 million of 
cash capital expenditures associated with the AAT Acquisition and $110.1 million of other cash capital expenditures. The $110.1 million 
included $16.3 million related to new tower construction, $4.1 million for maintenance tower capital expenditures, $5.7 million for 
augmentations and tower upgrades, $2.9 million for general corporate expenditures, and $5.8 million for ground lease purchases. This amount 
also includes cash capital expenditures of $75.3 million that we incurred in connection with the acquisition of 339 completed towers, two 
towers in process, related prorated rental receipts and payments, and earnouts for the year ended December 31, 2006. The $16.3 million of new 
tower construction included costs associated with the completion of 60 new towers during 2006 and costs incurred on sites currently in process. 

We currently expect to incur cash capital expenditures associated with tower maintenance and general corporate expenditures of $8.0 
million to $10.0 million during 2007. Based upon our current plans, we expect our discretionary cash capital expenditures during 2007 to be at 
least $75.0 million to $80.0 million. Primarily, these cash capital expenditures would relate to the 80 to 100 new towers we intend to build in 
2007, ground lease purchases and current acquisitions plans, including, as of February 22, 2007, the 16 towers acquired since December 31, 
2006 and the 148 towers that are subject to pending acquisition agreements. However, we are continually and actively looking for additional 
acquisition opportunities, which if consummated, would result in additional capital expenditures. We expect to fund our discretionary cash 
capital expenditures from cash on hand, cash flow from operations, availability under our senior credit facility, and/or through the issuances of 
our Class A common stock in connection with tower acquisitions.  

We estimate we will incur approximately $1,000 per tower per year for capital improvements or modifications to our towers. All of these 
planned capital expenditures are expected to be funded by cash on hand and cash flow from operations. The exact amount of our future capital 
expenditures will depend on a number of factors including amounts necessary to support our tower portfolio, our new tower build and tower 
acquisition program and our ground lease purchase program.  

Debt Service Requirements  

At December 31, 2006, we had $1.15 billion outstanding of Additional CMBS Certificates. The Additional CMBS Certificates have an 

anticipated repayment date of November 15, 2011. Interest on the Additional CMBS Certificates is payable monthly at a blended annual rate of 
6.0%. Based on the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2006, annual debt service on the Additional CMBS Certificates is $68.9 million.  

At December 31, 2006, we had $405.0 million outstanding of Initial CMBS Certificates. The Initial CMBS Certificates have an 
anticipated repayment date of November 15, 2010. Interest on the Initial CMBS Certificates is payable monthly at a blended annual rate of 
5.6%. Based on the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2006, annual debt service on the Initial CMBS Certificates is $22.7 million.  

At December 31, 2006, we had no amounts outstanding under our senior credit facility. Based on no amounts outstanding and the unused 

commitment fees in effect, we estimate our annual debt service to be approximately $0.6 million annually on our senior credit facility.  

Capital Instruments  

CMBS Certificates  

On November 18, 2005, the Depositor sold, in a private transaction $405.0 million of Initial CMBS Certificates, Series 2005-1 issued by 

the Trust. The Initial CMBS Certificates consist of five classes, all of which are rated investment grade, as indicated in the table below:  

Subclass  

2005-1A  
2005-1B  
2005-1C  
2005-1D  
2005-1E  

Initial Subclass  
Principal Balance    
(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

238,580    
48,320    
48,320    
48,320    
21,460    
405,000    

Pass through 

Interest Rate   

5.369 % 
5.565 % 
5.731 % 
6.219 % 
6.706 % 
5.608 % 

37  

   
   
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

The weighted average monthly fixed coupon interest rate of the Initial CMBS Certificates is 5.6%, and the effective weighted average 
fixed interest rate is 4.8% after giving effect to a settlement of two interest rate swap agreements entered in contemplation of the transaction. 
The Initial CMBS Certificates have an expected life of five years with a final repayment date in 2035. The proceeds of the Initial CMBS 
Certificates were primarily used to purchase the prior senior credit facility of SBA Senior Finance and to fund reserves and pay expenses 
associated with the offering.  

On November 6, 2006, the Depositor sold, in a private transaction, $1.15 billion of Additional CMBS Certificates. The Additional CMBS 

Certificates consist of nine classes. The principal balance and pass through interest rate for each class is indicated in the table below:  

Subclass  

2006-1A  
2006-1B  
2006-1C  
2006-1D  
2006-1E  
2006-1F  
2006-1G  
2006-1H  
2006-1J  
Total  

Initial Subclass  
Principal Balance    
(in thousands) 

$ 

439,420    
106,680    
106,680    
106,680    
36,540    
81,000    
121,000    
81,000    
71,000    
$  1,150,000    

Pass through 
Interest Rate   

5.314 % 
5.451 % 
5.559 % 
5.852 % 
6.174 % 
6.709 % 
6.904 % 
7.389 % 
7.825 % 
5.993 % 

The weighted average monthly fixed coupon interest rate of the Additional CMBS Certificates is 6.0%, and the effective weighted 
average fixed interest rate is 6.3% after giving effect to the settlement of the nine interest rate swap agreements entered in contemplation of the 
transaction. The Additional CMBS Certificates have an expected life of five years with a final repayment date in 2036. The proceeds of the 
Additional CMBS Certificates were primarily used to repay the bridge loan and fund required reserves and expenses associated with the 
Additional CMBS Transaction.  

The assets of the Trust, which issued both the Initial CMBS Certificates and the Additional CMBS Certificates, consist of a non-recourse 
mortgage loan initially made in favor of SBA Properties, Inc. (the “Initial Borrower”). In connection with the issuance of the Additional CMBS 
Certificates, each of SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Structures, Inc., SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Puerto Rico, Inc. and SBA Towers USVI, Inc. (the 
“Additional Borrowers” and collectively with the Initial Borrower, the “Borrowers”) were added as additional borrowers under the mortgage 
loan and the principal amount of the mortgage loan was increased by $1.15 billion to an aggregate of $1.555 billion. The Borrowers are jointly 
and severally liable under the mortgage loan. The mortgage loan is to be paid from the operating cash flows from the aggregate 4,975 towers 
owned by the Borrowers. Subject to certain limited exceptions described below, no payments of principal will be required to be made prior to 
the monthly payment date in November 2010, which is the anticipated repayment date for the components of the mortgage loan corresponding 
to the Initial CMBS Certificates, and no payments of principal will be required to be made on the components of the mortgage loan 
corresponding to the Additional CMBS Certificates prior to the monthly payment date in November 2011, which is the anticipated repayment 
date for the components of the mortgage loan corresponding to the Additional CMBS Certificates. However, if the debt service coverage ratio, 
defined as the Net  

38  

   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Cash Flow (as defined in the mortgage loan agreement) divided by the amount of interest on the mortgage loan, servicing fees and trustee fees 
that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the succeeding twelve months, as of the end of any calendar quarter, falls to 1.30 times or 
lower, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and 
budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as excess cash flow, will be deposited 
into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless 
the debt service coverage ratio exceeds 1.30 times for two consecutive calendar quarters. If the debt service coverage ratio falls below 1.15 
times as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an “amortization period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be 
applied to prepay the Mortgage Loan. Otherwise, on a monthly basis, the excess cash flow of the Borrowers held by the Trustee is distributed 
to the Borrowers.  

The Borrowers may not prepay the mortgage loan in whole or in part at any time prior to November 2010 for the components of the 
mortgage loan corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates and November 2011 for the components of the mortgage loan corresponding to 
the Additional CMBS Certificates, except in limited circumstances (such as the occurrence of certain casualty and condemnation events 
relating to the Borrowers’ tower sites). Thereafter, prepayment is permitted provided it is accompanied by any applicable prepayment 
consideration. If the prepayment occurs within nine months of the final maturity date, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid 
principal balance of the mortgage loan components corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates will be due in November 2035 and those 
corresponding to the Additional CMBS Certificates will be due in November 2036. However, to the extent that the full amount of the mortgage 
loan component corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates or the amount of the mortgage loan component corresponding to the Additional 
CMBS Certificates are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the interest rate payable on any such mortgage loan 
outstanding will significantly increase in accordance with the formula set forth in the mortgage loan. The mortgage loan may be defeased in 
whole at any time.  

The mortgage loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the Borrowers’ tower sites 

and their operating cash flows, (2) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (3) the 
Borrowers’ rights under the management agreement entered into with SBA Network Management, Inc. (“SBA Network Management”) 
relating to the management of the Borrowers’ tower sites by SBA Network Management pursuant to which SBA Network Management 
arranges for the payment of all operating expenses and the funding of all capital expenditures out of amounts on deposit in one or more 
operating accounts maintained on the Borrowers’ behalf. For each calendar month, SBA Network Management is entitled to receive a 
management fee equal to 7.5% of the Borrowers’ operating revenues for the immediately preceding calendar month. This management fee was 
reduced from 10% in connection with the issuance of the Additional CMBS Certificates.  

Revolving Credit Facility  

On December 22, 2005, SBA Senior Finance II, our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility in 

the amount of $160.0 million, which may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with certain covenants. Amounts borrowed 
under the facility accrue interest at LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 75 basis points to 200 basis points or at a base rate plus a margin that 
ranges from 12.5 basis points to 100 basis points. All outstanding amounts under the facility are due December 21, 2007. The borrower under 
the revolving credit facility, SBA Senior Finance II, has agreed that amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility will be secured by a 
first lien on substantially all of its assets. In addition, each of SBA Senior Finance II’s subsidiaries has guaranteed the obligations of SBA 
Senior Finance II under the senior credit facility and has pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such guarantee.  

39  

   
Table of Contents  

Inflation  

The impact of inflation on our operations has not been significant to date. However, we cannot assure you that a change in the rate of 

inflation in the future will not adversely affect our operating results.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

Stock-based Compensation  

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based 

Payments,” (“SFAS 123R”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards to 
employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123R supersedes the Company’s previous accounting methodology using the 
intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  

We adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation expense 
recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006 included: (a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not 
yet vested, as of December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123, and 
(b) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, our Consolidated Financial 
Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect the impact of SFAS 123R.  

On November 10, 2005 the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123R-3, “Transition 
Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” We have elected to adopt the alternative transition method 
provided in the FASB Staff Position for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123R. The alternative 
transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC Pool”) related to 
the tax effects of employee share-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and our Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee and director share-based awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.  

Other Pronouncements  

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when 
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 was issued to provide interpretive guidance on how 
the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 
requires the use of both the “iron curtain” and “rollover” approaches in quantifying the materiality of misstatements. SAB 108 is effective for 
annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. Early adoption of SAB 108 is permitted. We elected 
to adopt SAB 108 effective September 30, 2006. Upon initial application of SAB 108, we evaluated the uncorrected financial statement 
misstatements that were previously considered immaterial under the “rollover” method using the dual methodology required by SAB 108. As a 
result of this dual methodology approach of SAB 108, we corrected the cumulative error in our accounting for equity-based compensation for 
periods prior to January 1, 2006 in accordance with the transitional guidance in SAB 108.  

Pursuant to SAB 108, we corrected the aforementioned cumulative error in its accounting for equity-based compensation by recording a 
non-cash cumulative effect adjustment of $8.4 million to additional paid-in capital with an off-setting amount of $7.7 million to accumulated 
deficit within shareholders’ equity as well as adjustments to property and equipment in the amount of $0.4 million and intangible assets of $0.3 
million in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. The capitalized amounts relate to acquisition related costs. For additional 
discussion regarding the adoption of SAB 108 and its implications, please see “Current Accounting Pronouncements” in note 3 to our 
consolidated financial statements.  

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) 

No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS No. 157”) which defines fair  

40  

   
Table of Contents  

value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective 
for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have 
on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement 

Plans (an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). Among other items, SFAS No. 158 requires 
recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of an entity’s defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in the financial 
statements, requires the measurement of defined benefit postretirement plan assets and obligations as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, 
and requires recognition of the funded status of defined benefit postretirement plans in other comprehensive income. SFAS No. 158 is effective 
for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. We adopted SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006. We currently measure the funded status of our 
plan as of the date of our year-end statement of financial position.  

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation Number 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB 

Statement No. 109 , (“FIN No. 48”). FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. We must determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position 
will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the 
position. Once it is determined that a position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the position is measured to determine the 
amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. FIN No. 48 applies to all tax positions related to income taxes subject to FASB 
Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The interpretation clearly scopes out income tax positions related to FASB Statement No. 5, 
Accounting for Contingencies. This statement is effective beginning for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effect 
of applying the provisions of FIN No. 48 will be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings on January 1, 2007. We 
adopted the provisions of this statement beginning in the first quarter of 2007. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on 
our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.  

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an Amendment of FASB 
Statements No. 133 and 140” (“SFAS No. 155”). SFAS No. 155 allows financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative and that 
otherwise would require bifurcation to be accounted for as a whole on a fair value basis, at the holders’ election. SFAS No. 155 also clarifies 
and amends certain other provisions of SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 140. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or 
issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 155 is not expected to have a material impact on our 
results of operations or financial position.  

Commitments and Contractual Obligations  

The following table summarizes our scheduled contractual commitments as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):  

Contractual Obligations  
Long-term debt  
Interest payments (1)  
Operating leases  
Employment agreements  

Total 

Less than 1 
Year      

1-3 Years     

4-5 Years 

More than 5 
Years  

    $ 1,555,000     $  —       $  —       $ 1,555,000     $  —   
—   
   791,458 
—   
    $ 2,994,321     $ 138,438     $ 275,192     $ 1,789,233     $ 791,458 

   148,571    
85,662    
—      

   425,593    
  1,010,261    
3,467    

  184,293    
   88,746    
2,153    

   92,729    
   44,395    
1,314    

(1)   Represents interest payments on the CMBS Certificates based on a weighted average coupon fixed interest rate of 5.9% and unused line 

fees associated with the senior credit facility.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

We are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements.  

41  

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments. These instruments arise from transactions entered 

into in the normal course of business. We are subject to interest rate risk on our senior credit facility and any future financing requirements. We 
attempt to limit our exposure to interest rate risk by managing the mix of our long-term debt and our borrowings under our senior credit 
facility. As of December 31, 2006, long-term fixed rate borrowings represented 100% of our total borrowings.  

The following table presents the future principal payment obligations and interest rates associated with our long-term debt instruments 

assuming our actual level of long-term indebtedness as of December 31, 2006:  

Long-term debt:  
Fixed rate CMBS Certificates (1)  

    2007     2008     2009    

2010 

2011 
(in thousands) 

    Thereafter    

Total 

Fair  
Value  

    —       —       —       $ 405,000     $ 1,150,000     $  —       $ 1,555,000     $ 1,560,103 

(1)   The anticipated repayment date for the CMBS Certificates is November 2010 for the $405,000 of Initial CMBS Certificates and 

November 2011 for the $1,150,000 Additional CMBS Certificates.  

Our current primary market risk exposure relates to (1) the impact of interest rate movements on our ability to refinance the CMBS Certificates 
at their expected repayment dates or at maturity at market rates, and (2) our ability to meet financial covenants. We manage the interest rate risk 
on our outstanding debt through our use of fixed and variable rate debt and interest rate hedging arrangements. While we cannot predict or 
manage our ability to refinance existing debt or the impact interest rate movements will have on our existing debt, we continue to evaluate our 
financial position on an ongoing basis.  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  

This annual report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements concern expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, 
anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements included in this 
annual report include, but are not limited to, the following:  

• 

   our expectations regarding the growth of the wireless industry and the impact of recent developments, including increasing minutes 

of use, network coverage requirements, and new available spectrum and our belief that these developments will result in the 
continued long-term growth of our site leasing revenues and site leasing segment operating profit;  
   our belief that our towers have significant capacity to accommodate additional tenants, that our tower operations are highly scalable 
and that we can add tenants to our towers at minimal incremental costs;  
   our belief regarding our position to capture additional site leasing business in our markets and identify and participate in site 
development projects across our markets;  
   expectations regarding the quality of our assets, our ability to capitalize on our asset quality and the recurring nature of revenue 
streams from our site leasing business;  
   our expectations regarding our liquidity, capital expenditures and sources of both, our leverage ratios and our ability to fund 
operations and meet our obligations as they become due;  
   our expectations regarding our cash capital expenditures in 2007 for maintenance and augmentation and for new tower builds, tower 
acquisitions and ground lease purchases and our ability to fund such cash capital expenditures;  
   our intent to build approximately 80 to 100 new towers in 2007;  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

42  

   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   our intent that substantially all of our new builds will have at least one tenant upon completion and our expectation that some will 
have multiple tenants;  
   our intent to pursue tower acquisitions that meet or exceed our internal guidelines, our expectations regarding the number of towers 
that we will be able to acquire in 2007, the amount and type of consideration that will be paid in consideration and our projections 
regarding the financial impact of such acquisitions;  
   our intent to purchase and/or enter into long-term leases for the land that underlies our towers if available at commercially 
reasonable prices and the effect of such ground lease purchases on our margins and long-term financial condition;  
   our estimates regarding our annual debt service in 2007 and thereafter;  
   our expectation that any potential tax implications relating to the stock option grants will not have a material impact on our financial 
position; and  
   our estimates regarding certain accounting and tax matters, including the adoption of certain accounting pronouncements and the 
availability of sufficient net operating losses to offset future taxable income.  

These forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. 
We wish to caution readers that certain important factors may have affected and could in the future affect our actual results and could cause 
actual results to differ significantly from those expressed in any forward-looking statement. The most important factors that could prevent us 
from achieving our goals, and cause the assumptions underlying forward-looking statements and the actual results to differ materially from 
those expressed in or implied by those forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   our ability to sufficiently increase our revenues and maintain or decrease expenses and cash capital expenditures to permit us to 
fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due;  
   the ability of our clients to access sufficient capital or their willingness to expend capital to fund network expansion or 
enhancements;  
   our ability to continue to comply with covenants and the terms of our revolving credit facility and our mortgage loan which 
supports our CMBS Certificates;  
   our ability to secure as many site leasing tenants as planned, including our ability to retain current leases on towers and deal with 
the impact, if any, of recent consolidation among wireless service providers;  
   our ability to secure and deliver anticipated services business at contemplated margins;  

43  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   our ability to successfully implement our strategy of generally having at least one tenant on each new build upon completion;  
   our ability to successfully address zoning issues, permitting and other issues that arise in connection with the building of new 
towers;  
   our ability to realize economies of scale from our tower portfolio;  
   the business climate for the wireless communications industry in general and wireless communications infrastructure providers in 
particular;  
   the continued use of towers and dependence on outsourced site development services by the wireless communications industry; and  
   our ability to successfully estimate certain accounting and tax matters, including the effect on our company of adopting certain 
accounting pronouncements and the availability of sufficient net operating losses to offset taxable income.  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures  

This report contains certain non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Operating Profit information. We have 
provided below a description of such non-GAAP measures, a reconciliation of such non-GAAP measures to their most directly comparable 
GAAP measures, an explanation as to why management utilizes these measures, their respective limitations and how management compensates 
for such limitations.  

Adjusted EBITDA  

We define Adjusted EBITDA as loss from continuing operations plus net interest expense, provision for taxes, depreciation, accretion and 

amortization, asset impairment and other charges, non-cash compensation, and other expenses and excluding non-cash leasing revenue, non-
cash ground lease expense and other income. We have included this non-GAAP financial measure because we believe this item is an indicator 
of the performance of our core operations and reflects the changes in our operating results. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is a component of 
the calculation used by our lenders to determine compliance with some of our debt instruments, particularly our senior credit facility. Adjusted 
EBITDA is not intended to be an alternative measure of operating income as determined in accordance with GAAP.  

The Non-GAAP measurement of Adjusted EBITDA has certain material limitations, including:  

• 

   it does not include interest expense. Because we have borrowed money in order to finance our operations, interest expense is a 

necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits and cash flows. Therefore any measure that excludes interest expense 
has material limitations,  
   it does not include depreciation, accretion and amortization expense. Because we use capital assets, depreciation, accretion and 
amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profits. Therefore any measure that excludes 
depreciation, accretion and amortization expense has material limitations,  
   it does not include provision for taxes. Because the payment of taxes is a necessary element of our costs, particularly in the future, 
any measure that excludes tax expense has material limitations,  
   it does not include non-cash expenses such as asset impairment and other charges, non-cash compensation, other expenses, non-

cash leasing revenue and non-cash ground lease expense. Because these non-cash items are a necessary element of our costs and our 
ability to generate profits, any measure that excludes these non-cash items has material limitations, and  
   it does not include costs related to transition, integration, severance and bonuses associated with the AAT Acquisition. Because 
these costs are indicative of actual company expenses, any measure that excludes these costs has material limitations.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

44  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted EBITDA as only one of several comparative tools, together with GAAP 

measurements, to assist in the evaluation of our profitability and operating results.  

The reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:  

Loss from continuing operations  
Add back (deduct):  

Interest income  
Interest expense  
Non-cash interest expense  
Provision for taxes  
Amortization of deferred financing fees  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
Loss from write off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Non-cash compensation  
Non-cash leasing revenue  
Non-cash ground lease expense  
Other income  
AAT integration costs  

Adjusted EBITDA  

Segment Operating Profit  

2006 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ (94,648 )   

$ (133,448 )   

2004 

$ (144,023 ) 

(3,814 )   
   81,283     
6,845     
1,375     
   11,584     
   133,088     
(357 )   
   57,233     
5,410     
(6,575 )   
7,569     
(692 )   
2,313     
$ 161,814     

   (2,096 )   
   40,511     
   26,234     
   2,104     
   2,850     
   87,218     
448     
   29,271     
462     
   (1,765 )   
   4,764     
(31 )   
   —       
$ 95,322     

(516 ) 
   47,460   
   28,082   
710   
3,445   
   90,453   
7,342   
   41,197   
470   
(1,169 ) 
5,579   
(236 ) 
—     
$  78,794   

Each respective Segment Operating Profit is defined as segment revenues less segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, 
accretion and amortization). Total Segment Operating Profit is the total of the operating profits of the two segments. Segment Operating Profit 
is, in our opinion, an indicator of the operating performance of our site leasing and site development segments and is used to provide 
management with the ability to monitor the operating results and margin of each segment, while excluding the impact of depreciation and 
amortization which is largely fixed. Segment Operating Profit is not intended to be an alternative measure of revenue or gross profit as 
determined in accordance with GAAP.  

The Non-GAAP measurement of Segment Operating Profit has certain material limitations. Specifically this measurement does not 
include depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense. As we use capital assets in our business, depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
expense is a necessary element of our costs and ability to generate profit. Therefore any measure that excludes depreciation, accretion and 
amortization expense has material limitations. We compensate for these limitations by using Segment Operating Profit as only one of several 
comparative tools, together with GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of the cash generation of our segment operations.  

45  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Segment revenue  
Segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, accretion and 

amortization)  

Segment operating profit  

Segment revenue  
Segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, accretion and 

amortization)  

Segment operating profit  

Segment revenue  
Segment cost of revenues (excluding depreciation, accretion and 

amortization)  

Segment operating profit  

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Financial statements and supplementary data are on pages F-1 through F-39.  

2006 

Site leasing segment 
For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ 161,277     

2004 

$ 144,004   

$ 256,170     

   (70,663 )   
$ 185,507     

   (47,259 )   
$ 114,018     

   (47,283 ) 
$  96,721   

2006 

Site development consulting segment 
For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ 13,549     

$ 16,660     

2004 

$ 14,456   

  (14,082 )   
$  2,578     

  (12,004 )   
$  1,545     

  (12,768 ) 
$  1,688   

2006 

Site development construction segment 
For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ 85,165     

2004 

$ 78,272     

$ 73,022   

  (71,841 )   
$  6,431     

  (80,689 )   
$  4,476     

  (68,630 ) 
$  4,392   

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures —We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information 

required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and 
communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized 
that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired 
control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit 
relationship of possible controls and procedures.  

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as of December 31, 2006, an evaluation was performed under the 

supervision and with the participation of our management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of 
December 31, 2006, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  

46  

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 that has materially 

affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting —Management of the Company is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The 
Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors 
regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, 
have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial statement preparation and presentation.  

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the CEO and CFO, the Company conducted an evaluation of 

the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2006, based upon the framework in Internal Control — 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on such evaluation under 
the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting 
firm, as stated in their attestation report which appears below.  

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries  

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting, that SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control--Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries’ management is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 

standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, management’s assessment that SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries maintained effective internal control 

over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, 
SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 
31, 2006, and our report dated February 27, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP  

West Palm Beach, Florida  
February 27, 2007  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

   
None.  

PART III  

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. The 

Code of Ethics is located on our internet web site at www.sbasite.com under “Investor Relations-Corporate Governance.”  

The remaining items required by Part III, Item 10 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2007.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The items required by Part III, Item 11 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2007.  

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The items required by Part III, Item 12 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2007.  

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The items required by Part III, Item 13 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2007.  

47  

   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The items required by Part III, Item 14 are incorporated herein by reference from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual 

Meeting of Shareholders to be filed on or before April 30, 2007.  

PART IV  

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report: 

(1) Financial Statements  

See Item 8 for Financial Statements included with this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

(2) Financial Statement Schedules  

None.  

(3) Exhibits  

Exhibit No.   
3.4 

Description of Exhibits  
Fourth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of SBA Communications  
Corporation.(1)  

3.5 

4.6 

4.6A 

4.7 

4.7A 

4.8 

4.9 

4.9A 

4.10 

5.1 

10.1 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.27 

10.28 

10.33 

10.35 

   Amended and Revised By-Laws of SBA Communications Corporation.(1) 

   Rights Agreement, dated as of January 11, 2002, between SBA Communications Corporation and the Rights Agent.(2) 

First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2006, between SBA Communications Corporation and 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.(3) 
Indenture, dated as of December 19, 2003, among SBA Communications Corporation,  
SBA Telecommunications, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the  
$402,024,000 in aggregate principal amount at maturity of 9  3 / 4 % senior discount  
notes due 2011.(4)  

First Supplemental Indenture, dated March 31, 2006, among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA Telecommunications, Inc. 
and U.S. Bank National Association.(5) 

Form of 9  3 / 4 % senior discount note due 2011.(4) 

Indenture, dated as of December 14, 2004, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank, N.A., relating to 
$250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8  1 / 2 % senior notes due 2012.(6) 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated March 31, 2006, between SBA Communications Corporation and U.S. Bank National 
Association.(7) 

Form of 8  1 / 2 % senior note due December 1, 2012.(6) 

   Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP regarding validity of common stock.* 

SBA Communications Corporation Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 5, 1997, among the Company, Steven E. 
Bernstein, Ronald G. Bizick, II and Robert Grobstein.(8) 

1996 Stock Option Plan.(1)+ 

1999 Equity Participation Plan.(1)+ 

1999 Stock Purchase Plan.(1)+ 

Incentive Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2000, between SBA Communications Corporation and Thomas P. 
Hunt.(9)+ 

Restricted Stock Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2000, between SBA Communications Corporation and Thomas P. Hunt.(9)
+ 

2001 Equity Participation Plan as Amended and Restated on May 16, 2002.(10)+ 

Employment Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003, between SBA Properties Inc. and Jeffrey A. Stoops.(11)+ 

48  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

10.35A    Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc. and Jeffrey A. Stoops.(6)+ 

10.35B 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Communications 
Corporation and Jeffrey A. Stoops.(12)+ 

10.36     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003, between SBA Properties Inc. and Kurt L. Bagwell.(11)+ 

10.36A 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Communications 
Corporation and Kurt L. Bagwell.(12)+ 

10.37     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003, between SBA Properties Inc. and Thomas P. Hunt.(11)+ 

10.37A 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Communications 
Corporation and Thomas P. Hunt.(12)+ 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

$160,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2005, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, the Several Lenders from Time 
to Time Parties Hereto, GE Capital Markets, Inc., General Electric Capital Corporation, TD Securities (USA) LLC, and DB Structured 
Products, Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc.(13) 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2005, among SBA Communications Corporation, SBA 
Telecommunications, Inc., SBA Senior Finance, Inc., SBA Senior Finance II LLC and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of General 
Electric Capital Corporation.(13) 

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and between SBA Properties, Inc. and the 
Additional Borrower or Borrowers that may become a party thereto and SBA CMBS 1 Depositor LLC.(12) 

Management Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Network Management, Inc. and 
SBA Senior Finance, Inc.(12) 

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 17, 2006, by and among AAT Holdings, LLC II, AAT Communications Corp., AAT 
Acquisition LLC and SBA Communications Corporation.(14) 

$1,100,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, among SBA Senior Finance, Inc., The Several Lenders from Time to 
Time Parties Hereto, and Deutsche Bank, AG, New York Branch.(3) 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, made by SBA Communications Corporation, SBA 
Telecommunications, Inc., SBA Senior Finance, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch.
(3) 

Omnibus Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2006, among SBA Senior Finance II LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation, and 
Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, DB Structured Products Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., SBA 
Senior Finance, Inc., DB Structured Products Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.(3) 

10.57     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2006, between SBA Communications Corporation and Kurt L. Bagwell.(15)+ 

10.58     Employment Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2006, between SBA Communications Corporation and Thomas P. Hunt.(15)+ 

10.59 

10.60 

10.61 

Employment Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2006, between SBA Communications Corporation and Anthony J. Macaione.(15)
+ 

Joinder and Amendment to Management Agreement, dated November 6, 2006, by and among SBA Properties, Inc., SBA Towers, Inc., 
SBA Puerto Rico, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., and SBA Structures, Inc., and SBA Network Management, Inc., and 
SBA Senior Finance, Inc.* 

Second Loan and Security Agreement Supplement and Amendment, dated as of November 6, 2006, by and among SBA Properties, 
Inc., and SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Puerto Rico, Inc., SBA Sites, Inc., SBA Towers USVI, Inc., and SBA Structures, Inc. and Midland 
Loan Services, Inc., as Servicer on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee* 

21 

   Subsidiaries.* 

23.1 

   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.* 

31.1 

   Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

31.2 

   Certification by Anthony J. Macaione, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

49  

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

32.1    Certification by Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

32.2    Certification by Anthony J. Macaione, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Filed herewith 
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-76547). 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K, dated January 11, 2002, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 filed with the Form 8-K dated April 27, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 filed with the Form 8-K dated April 27, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant. 
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, previously filed by the Registrant (Registration No. 333-50219). 
Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, previously filed by the Registrant. 

+  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 
* 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 
(8) 
(9) 
(10)  Incorporated by reference to the Schedule 14A Preliminary Proxy Statement dated May 16, 2002, previously filed by the Registrant. 
(11)  Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, previously filed by the Registrant. 
(12)  Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, previously filed by the Registrant. 
(13)  Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K, dated December 21, 2005, previously filed by the Registrant. 
(14)  Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K/A, dated March 17, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant. 
(15)  Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, previously filed by the Registrant. 

50  

   
Table of Contents  

SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to 

be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION  
By:     /s/  Steven E. Bernstein  
Steven E. Bernstein  
Chairman of the Board of Directors  

Date:   March 1, 2007 

Signature  

/s/  Steven E. Bernstein  
Steven E. Bernstein  
/s/  Jeffrey A. Stoops  
Jeffrey A. Stoops  
/s/  Anthony J. Macaione  
Anthony J. Macaione  
/s/  Brendan T. Cavanagh  
Brendan T. Cavanagh  
/s/  Brian C. Carr  
Brian C. Carr  
/s/  Duncan H. Cocroft  
Duncan H. Cocroft  
/s/  Philip L. Hawkins  
Philip L. Hawkins  
/s/  Jack Langer  
Jack Langer  
/s/  Steven E. Nielsen  
Steven E. Nielsen  

Title  

Date  

    Chairman of the Board of Directors 

   March 1, 2007 

    Chief Executive Officer and President 
    (Principal Executive Officer) 

    Chief Financial Officer 
    (Principal Financial Officer) 

    Chief Accounting Officer 
    (Principal Accounting Officer) 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

51  

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   March 1, 2007 

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
Table of Contents  

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

Table of Contents  

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

    Page 
    F-1 
    F-2 
    F-3 
    F-4 
    F-5 
    F-7 

   
  
Table of Contents  

REPORT OF INDE PENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 

31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three 
years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 

standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of 
SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles.  

As discussed in Notes 2 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 123(R) (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , effective January 1, 2006, which requires the Company to recognize expense 
related to the fair value of share-based compensation awards. Also, as described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the 
Company adopted Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year 
Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements , effective September 30, 2006. In accordance with 
the transition provisions of SAB No. 108, the Company recorded a cumulative decrease to retained earnings as of January 1, 2006 for 
correction of prior period errors in recording equity-based compensation charges.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
effectiveness of SBA Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control--Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission and our report dated February 27, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

West Palm Beach, Florida 
February 27, 2007 

   /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP 

F-1  

   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

SBA COMMUNIC ATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(in thousands, except par values)  

ASSETS  

December 31, 2006     

December 31, 2005   

Current assets:  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Short term investments  
Restricted cash  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,316 and $1,136 in 2006 and 2005, 

respectively  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts  
Prepaid and other current assets  
Total current assets  

Property and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net  
Deferred financing fees, net  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Current liabilities:  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  

Accounts payable  
Accrued expenses  
Deferred revenue  
Interest payable  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts  
Other current liabilities  

Total current liabilities  

Long term liabilities:  
Long term debt  
Deferred revenue  
Other long term liabilities  

Total long term liabilities  

Commitments and contingencies  
Shareholders' equity:  

Preferred stock - $.01 par value, 30,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding  
Common Stock - Class A par value $.01, 200,000 shares authorized, 105,672 and 85,615 

shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively  

Additional paid-in capital  
Accumulated deficit  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net  

Total shareholders' equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

$ 

$ 

$ 

46,148     
—       
34,403     

20,781     
19,403     
6,872     
127,607     

1,105,942     
724,872     
33,221     
54,650     
2,046,292     

9,746     
17,600     
24,665     
4,056     
1,055     
1,232     
58,354     

1,555,000     
1,992     
45,025     
1,602,017     

$ 

$ 

$ 

45,934   
19,777   
19,512   

17,533   
25,184   
4,248   
132,188   

728,333   
31,491   
19,931   
40,593   
952,536   

17,283   
15,544   
11,838   
3,880   
1,391   
2,207   
52,143   

784,392   
302   
34,268   
818,962   

—       

—     

1,057   
1,450,754     
(1,065,224 )   
(666 )   
385,921     
2,046,292     

$ 

856   
990,181   
(924,066 ) 
14,460   
81,431   
952,536   

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-2  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SBA COMM UNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Table of Contents  

Revenues:  

Site leasing  
Site development  

Total revenues  

Operating expenses:  

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization shown below):  
Cost of site leasing  
Cost of site development  
Selling, general and administrative  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization  

Total operating expenses  

Operating income (loss)  

Other income (expense):  
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Non-cash interest expense  
Amortization of deferred financing fees  
Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Other  

Total other expense  
Loss from continuing operations before provision for income taxes  

Provision for income taxes  

Loss from continuing operations  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

Net loss  

Basic and diluted loss per common share amounts:  

Loss from continuing operations  
Loss from discontinued operations  

Net loss per common share  
Weighted average number of common shares  

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 

2004 

2006 

    $ 256,170      $ 161,277      $ 144,004   
   87,478   
   231,482   

   94,932     
   351,102     

   98,714     
  259,991     

   70,663     
   85,923     
   42,277     
(357 )   
   133,088     
   331,594     
   19,508     

   47,259     
   92,693     
   28,178     
448     
   87,218     
  255,796     
4,195     

   47,283   
   81,398   
   28,887   
7,342   
   90,453   
   255,363   
   (23,881 ) 

3,814     
   (81,283 )   
(6,845 )   
   (11,584 )   
   (57,233 )   
692     
  (152,439 )   
  (132,931 )   
(517 )   
  (133,448 )   
—       

516   
   (47,460 ) 
   (28,082 ) 
(3,445 ) 
   (41,197 ) 
236   
  (119,432 ) 
  (143,313 ) 
(710 ) 
  (144,023 ) 
(3,257 ) 
    $ (133,448 )    $ (94,709 )    $ (147,280 ) 

2,096     
   (40,511 )   
   (26,234 )   
(2,850 )   
   (29,271 )   
31     
   (96,739 )   
   (92,544 )   
(2,104 )   
   (94,648 )   
(61 )   

    $ 

    $ 

(1.36 )    $ 
—       
(1.36 )    $ 

(1.28 )    $ 

   —       

(1.28 )    $ 

   98,193     

   73,823     

(2.47 ) 
(0.05 ) 
(2.52 ) 
   58,420   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-3  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

SBA COM MUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)  
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005, AND 2004  
(in thousands)  

Class A  
Common Stock 

Shares      Amount    

    Additional  
Paid-In  
Capital 

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive 

Income (Loss)   

Accumulated  
Deficit 

    55,016     $  550     $  679,961     $  (682,077 )    $ 

—          —         

—         

(147,280 )   

—        $ 
—       

Total 
(1,566 )   
  (147,280 )   

   Comprehensive 

Loss 

413       
4       
—          —         

3,003       
470       

—       
—       

—       
—       

3,007     
470     

8,817       

88       

54,484       

—       

—       

   54,572     

657       

2,119       
    64,903        649        740,037       
—         

—          —         

7       

—          —         

—         

—          —         

—         

1,665       

17       
—          —         

18,329       
462       

    18,000        180        226,677       

10       

1,047       

4,676       
    85,615        856        990,181       
8,444       
—         
—         

—          —         
—          —         
—          —         

—       
(829,357 )   
(94,709 )   

—       
—       
—       

2,126     
   (88,671 )   
   (94,709 )    $ 

(94,709 ) 

—       

—       

—       
—       

—       

—       
(924,066 )   
(7,710 )   
(133,448 )   
—       

(314 )   

(314 )    $ 

(314 ) 

14,774     

   14,774     

   $ 

14,774   
(80,249 ) 

—       
—       

   18,346     
462     

—       

   226,857     

—       
14,460     
—       

4,686     
   81,431     
734     

  (133,448 )    $ 

(133,448 ) 

80     

80     

BALANCE, December 31, 2003  

Net loss  
Common stock issued in connection with 

acquisitions  

Non-cash compensation  
Common stock issued in exchange for 10 
 1 / 4 % senior notes and 9  3 / 4 % senior 
discount notes  

Common stock issued in connection with 

stock purchase/option plans  

BALANCE, December 31, 2004  

Net loss  
Amortization of deferred gain from 
settlement of derivative financial 
instrument, net  

Deferred gain from settlement of 

derivative financial instrument  

Total comprehensive loss  
Common stock issued in connection with 

acquisitions and earn outs  

Non-cash compensation  
Common stock issued in connection with 

public offerings  

Common stock issued in connection with 

stock purchase/option plans  

BALANCE, December 31, 2005  

Cumulative effect of adoption of SAB 108    
Net loss  
Minimum pension liability  
Amortization of deferred gain/loss from 
settlement of derivative financial 
instrument, net  

—          —         

—         

—       

(2,370 )   

(2,370 )   

(2,370 ) 

Deferred loss from settlement of 

derivative financial instrument  

—          —         

—         

—       

(12,836 )   

   (12,836 )   

Total comprehensive loss  
Common stock issued in connection with 

acquisitions and earn outs  

Non-cash compensation  
Common stock issued in connection with 

stock purchase/option plans  

    18,829        189        434,960       
6,690       

—          —         

1,228       

12       

10,479       

—       
—       

—       

BALANCE, December 31, 2006  

    105,672     $ 1,057     $ 1,450,754     $ (1,065,224 )    $ 

   $ 

—       
—       

   435,149     
6,690     

—       
   10,491     
(666 )    $ 385,921     

(12,836 ) 
(148,654 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-4  

   
   
  
   
   
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

SBA COMM UNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:  

Net loss  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:  
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization  
Deferred tax provision  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
(Gain) loss on sale of assets  
Non-cash compensation expense  
Provision (credit) for doubtful accounts  
Accretion of interest income on short-term investments  
Amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing fees  
Interest converted to term loan  
Loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Amortization of deferred gain of derivative  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:  

Short term investments  
Accounts receivable  
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts  
Prepaid and other current assets  
Other assets  
Accounts payable  
Accrued expenses  
Deferred revenue  
Interest payable  
Other liabilities  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts  

Net cash provided by operating activities  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:  

Maturity of short term investments  
Purchase of short term investments  
Sale of short term investment  
Payment for purchase of AAT Communications, Corp., net of cash acquired  
Capital expenditures  
Other acquisitions and related earn-outs  
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets  
(Payment) receipt of restricted cash relating to tower removal obligations  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:  
Proceeds from bridge financing, net of fees paid  
Repayment of bridge financing  
Proceeds from CMBS Certificates, net of fees paid  
Initial funding of restricted cash relating to CMBS Certificates  
Net increase in restricted cash relating to CMBS Certificates  
(Payment) proceeds relating to settlement of swap  
Proceeds from equity offering, net of fees paid  
Borrowings under senior credit facility, net of fees paid  
Repurchase of 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes  
Repurchase of 8  1 / 2 % senior notes  
Proceeds from 8  1 / 2 % senior notes, net of fees paid  
Repayment of senior credit facility  
Repurchase of 10  1 / 4 % senior notes  
Repurchase of 12% senior discount notes  
Proceeds from employee stock purchase/stock option plans  
Bank overdraft (repayments) borrowings  

Net cash provided by financing activities  

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 

2006 

2004 

    $  (133,448 )   

$  (94,709 )   

$ (147,280 ) 

133,088     
47     
(357 )   
(244 )   
5,410     
100     
(123 )   
18,429     
—       
57,233     
(2,370 )   

—       
(2,144 )   
5,781     
220     
(9,927 )   
(7,022 )   
(1,370 )   
4,842     
176     
7,975     
(336 )   
75,960     

19,900     
—       
—       
(644,441 )   
(28,969 )   
(81,089 )   
265     
(5,542 )   
(739,876 )   

   1,088,734     
  (1,100,000 )   
   1,126,235     
(7,494 )   
(5,260 )   
(14,503 )   
(707 )   
(89 )   
(251,826 )   
(181,451 )   
—       
—       
—       
—       
10,491     
—       
664,130     

   87,218     
—       
448     
79     
462     
(300 )   
(145 )   
   29,084     
—       
   29,271     
(346 )   

—       
3,891     
(6,118 )   
754     
(5,685 )   
138     
618     
(291 )   
151     
5,106     
141     
   49,767     

—       
   (34,628 )   
   14,996     
—       
   (19,648 )   
   (61,326 )   
1,335     
(12 )   
   (99,283 )   

—       
—       
   393,328     
(6,687 )   
   (11,250 )   
   14,774     
   226,857     
   25,321     
  (122,681 )   
   (94,938 )   
(96 )   
  (350,375 )   
   (52,590 )   
—       
4,686     
(526 )   
   25,823     

   90,549   
—     
7,433   
(158 ) 
470   
(287 ) 
—     
   30,994   
554   
   41,197   
(746 ) 

   15,200   
(1,208 ) 
(8,839 ) 
641   
(3,759 ) 
3,559   
(3,164 ) 
(493 ) 
   (15,732 ) 
5,202   
83   
   14,216   

—     
—     
—     
—     
(7,214 ) 
(1,791 ) 
1,496   
8,835   
1,326   

—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     
   363,457   
—     
—     
   244,788   
  (173,403 ) 
  (320,553 ) 
   (70,794 ) 
2,126   
126   
   45,747   

   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:  

Beginning of period  
End of period  

214     

   (23,693 )   

   61,289   

45,934     
46,148     

   69,627     
$  45,934     

8,338   
$  69,627   

    $ 

(continued)  

F-5  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

SBA COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(in thousands)  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:  

Cash paid during the period for:  

Interest  
Income taxes  

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION OF NON-CASH ACTIVITIES:  

Class A common stock issued relating to acquisitions and earnouts  
Class A common stock issued in exchange for 10  1 / 4 % senior notes, 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes, 

and accrued interest  

10  1 / 4 % senior notes and accrued interest exchanged for Class A common stock  

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 
2005 
2006 

    $  82,215     $ 40,744     $ 63,746   
971   
    $  1,158     $  1,425     $ 

    $ 435,857     $ 18,346     $  3,007   

    $  —       $  —       $ 54,572   

    $  —       $  —       $ (51,433 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

F-6  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

1. GENERAL  

SBA COMMUNIC ATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

SBA Communications Corporation (the "Company" or "SBA") was incorporated in the State of Florida in March 1997. The Company is 

a holding company that holds all of the outstanding capital stock of SBA Telecommunications, Inc. ("Telecommunications"). 
Telecommunications is a holding company that holds all of the capital stock of SBA Senior Finance, Inc. (“SBA Senior Finance”). SBA Senior 
Finance is a holding company that holds, directly and indirectly, the equity interest in certain subsidiaries that issued the Commercial Mortgage 
Pass Through Certificates, Series 2005-1 (the “Initial CMBS Certificates”) and the Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates, Series 
2006-1 (the “Additional CMBS Certificates”) (collectively, the “CMBS Certificates”) and certain subsidiaries that were not involved in the 
issuance of the CMBS Certificates. With respect to the subsidiaries involved in the issuance of the CMBS Certificates, SBA Senior Finance is 
the sole member of SBA CMBS-1 Holdings LLC and SBA CMBS-1 Depositor LLC. SBA CMBS-1 Holdings is the sole member of SBA 
CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC. SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC holds all of the capital stock of SBA Properties, Inc. (“SBA Properties”), SBA 
Towers, Inc. (“SBA Towers”), SBA Puerto Rico, Inc. (“SBA Puerto Rico”), SBA Sites, Inc. (“SBA Sites”), SBA Towers USVI, Inc. (“SBA 
Towers USVI”), and SBA Structures, Inc. (“SBA Structures”) (collectively known as the “Borrowers”). With respect to the subsidiaries not 
involved in the issuance of the CMBS Certificates, SBA Senior Finance holds all of the membership interests of SBA Senior Finance II LLC 
(“SBA Senior Finance II”) and certain non-operational subsidiaries. SBA Senior Finance II holds, directly and indirectly, all the capital stock 
and/or membership interests of certain other tower companies (“Other Tower Companies”) (collectively with the Borrowers known as "Tower 
Companies"). SBA Senior Finance II also holds, directly or indirectly, all the capital stock and/or membership interests of certain other 
subsidiaries involved in providing services, including SBA Network Services, Inc. (“Network Services”). SBA Senior Finance II also holds all 
the capital stock of SBA Network Management, Inc. (“Network Management”) which manages and administers the operations of the 
Borrowers.  

The table below outlines the legal structure of the Company at December 31, 2006:  

The Tower Companies own and operate transmission towers in 47 of the 48 contiguous United States, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin 

Islands. Space on these towers is leased primarily to wireless communications carriers. The Borrowers own 4,975 towers, which are the 
collateral for the CMBS Certificates.  

F-7  

  
   
Table of Contents  

Network Services provides comprehensive turnkey services for the telecommunications industry in the areas of site development services 

for wireless carriers and the construction and repair of transmission towers. Site development services provided by Network Services include 
network pre-design, site audits, site identification and acquisition, contract and title administration, zoning and land use permitting, 
construction management, microwave relocation and the construction and repair of transmission towers, including the hanging of antennas, 
cabling and associated tower components. In addition to providing turnkey services to the telecommunications industry, Network Services 
historically has constructed, or has overseen the construction of approximately 44% of the newly built towers that the Company owns.  

During 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of AAT Communications Corp. 

(“AAT”) from AAT Holdings, LLC II, which the Company refers to as the AAT Acquisition. The total consideration paid was (i) $634.0 
million in cash and (ii) 17,059,336 newly issued shares of our Class A common stock. In connection with the AAT Acquisition, the Company 
repurchased all of its outstanding 9   3 / 4 % senior discount notes and 8   1 / 2 % senior notes. The Company funded these repurchases, including 
the associated premiums and fees, and the cash consideration paid in the AAT Acquisition with a $1.1 billion bridge loan. On November 6, 
2006, the Company issued $1.15 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass Through Certificates, Series 2006-1, and used the proceeds to repay the 
bridge loan.  

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

A summary of the significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements is as 

follows:  

a. Basis of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-

company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

b. Use of Estimates  

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. 
The more significant estimates made by management relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the costs and revenue relating to the 
Company's construction contracts, valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, carrying value of long-lived assets, the useful lives of towers and 
intangible assets, anticipated property tax assessments, and asset retirement obligations. Actual results will differ from those estimates and such 
differences could be material.  

c. Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments  

The Company classifies all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents. 

Marketable short-term investments are generally classified and accounted for as held-to-maturity. Investments in debt securities classified as 
held-to-maturity are reported at amortized cost plus accrued interest. The Company does not hold these securities for speculative or trading 
purposes. During 2005, the Company sold $15.0 million of short-term investments which were classified as held-to-maturity, the proceeds of 
which were used to fund acquisitions that closed in 2006. At December 31, 2005, short term investments were comprised of commercial paper 
with a carrying amount of $19.8 million and had original maturities between three and four months. There were no short term investments at 
December 31, 2006.  

d. Restricted Cash  

The Company classifies all cash pledged as collateral to secure certain obligations and all cash whose use is limited as restricted cash. 

This includes cash held in escrow to fund certain reserve accounts relating to the CMBS Certificates, for payment and performance bonds, and 
surety bonds issued for the benefit of the Company in the ordinary course of business.  

F-8  

   
Table of Contents  

In connection with the issuance of the CMBS Certificates, the Company is required to fund a restricted cash amount, which represents the 

cash held in escrow pursuant to the mortgage loan agreement governing the CMBS Certificates to fund certain reserve accounts for the 
payment of debt service costs, ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes, insurance premiums related to tower sites, trustee and 
service expenses, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants. Based on the terms of the CMBS Certificates, all rental cash receipts 
each month are restricted and held by the indenture trustee. The restricted cash held by the indenture trustee in excess of required reserve 
balances is subsequently released to the Borrowers, on or before the 15 th calendar day following month end. All monies held by the indenture 
trustee after the release date are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s balance sheet.  

e . Property and Equipment  

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, adjusted for asset impairment and estimated asset retirement obligations. Costs associated 
with the acquisition, development and construction of towers are capitalized as a cost of the towers. Costs for self-constructed towers include 
direct materials and labor, indirect costs and capitalized interest. Depreciation on towers and related components is provided using the straight-
line method over the estimated useful lives, not to exceed the minimum lease term of the underlying ground lease. Leasehold improvements are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the useful life of the improvement or the minimum lease term of the lease. The Company 
defines the minimum lease term as the shorter of the period from lease inception through the end of the term of all tenant lease obligations in 
existence at ground lease inception, including renewal periods, or the ground lease term, including renewal periods.  

If no tenant lease obligation exists at the date of ground lease inception, the initial term of the ground lease is considered the minimum 

lease term. All rental obligations due to be paid out over the minimum lease term, including fixed escalations are straight-lined evenly over the 
minimum lease term.  

For all other property and equipment, depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The 
Company performs ongoing evaluations of the estimated useful lives of its property and equipment for depreciation purposes. The estimated 
useful lives are determined and continually evaluated based on the period over which services are expected to be rendered by the asset. If the 
useful lives of assets are reduced, depreciation may be accelerated in future years. Maintenance and repair items are expensed as incurred.  

Asset classes and related estimated useful lives are as follows:  

Towers and related components  
Furniture, equipment and vehicles  
Buildings and improvements  

  3 - 15 years 
  2 - 7 years 
  5 – 10 years 

Capitalized costs incurred subsequent to when an asset is originally placed in service are depreciated over the remaining estimated useful 

life of the respective asset. Changes in an asset's estimated useful life are accounted for prospectively, with the book value of the asset at the 
time of the change being depreciated over the revised remaining useful life. There has been no material impact for changes in estimated useful 
lives for any years presented.  

Interest is capitalized in connection with the self-construction of Company-owned towers. Capitalized interest is recorded as part of the 
asset to which it relates and is amortized over the asset's estimated useful life. Approximately $0.4 million, $0.08 million and $0.01 million of 
interest cost was capitalized in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  

f . Deferred Financing Fees  

Financing fees related to the issuance of debt have been deferred and are being amortized using the effective interest rate method over the 

expected length of related indebtedness.  

g. Deferred Lease Costs  

The Company defers certain initial direct costs associated with the origination of tenant leases and lease amendments and amortizes these 
costs over the initial lease term, generally five years, or over the lease term remaining if related to a lease amendment. Such costs deferred were 
approximately $2.8 million, $2.2 million, and $1.8 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.  

F-9  

   
   
Table of Contents  

Amortization expense was $2.0 million, $1.8 million, and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, 
and is included in cost of site leasing in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, 
unamortized deferred lease costs were $5.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively, and are included in other assets.  

h. Intangible Assets  

The Company classifies as intangible assets the fair value of current leases in place at the acquisition date of towers and related assets 

(referred to as the “current contract intangibles”), and the fair value of future tenant leases anticipated to be added to the acquired towers 
(referred to as the “network location intangible”). These intangibles are estimated to have an economic useful life consistent with the economic 
useful life of the related tower assets, which is typically 15 years. For all intangible assets, amortization is provided using the straight line 
method over the estimated useful lives as the benefit associated with these intangible assets is anticipated to be derived evenly over the life of 
the asset.  

i. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , long-lived assets and definite lived 
intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be 
recoverable. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its fair value as 
determined by an estimate of discounted future cash flows. Estimates and assumptions inherent in the impairment evaluation include, but are 
not limited to, general market conditions, historical operating results, tower lease-up potential and expected timing of lease-up.  

j. Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying values of the Company's financial instruments, which primarily includes cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, 

restricted cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those instruments. The senior 
credit facility has a floating rate of interest and is carried at an amount which approximates fair value.  

The following table reflects fair values as determined by quoted market prices and carrying values of these notes as of December 31, 

2006 and 2005:  

Additional CMBS Certificates  
Initial CMBS Certificates  
9  3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes  
8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes  

k. Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable  

At December 31, 2006 

At December 31, 2005 

Fair Value    

Carrying Value    

Fair Value    

Carrying Value 

(in millions) 

$ 1,152.5    
$  407.7    
$  —      
$  —      

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

1,150.0    
405.0    
—      
—      

$  —      
$  408.5    
$  243.7    
$  181.2    

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

—   
405.0 
216.9 
162.5 

Revenue from site leasing is recorded monthly and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease agreements, 
which are generally five years. Receivables recorded related to the straight-lining of site leases are reflected in other assets in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets. Rental amounts received in advance are recorded as deferred revenue in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Site development projects in which the Company performs consulting services include contracts on a time and materials basis or a fixed 
price basis. Time and materials based contracts are billed at contractual rates as the services are rendered. For those site development contracts 
in which the Company performs work on a fixed price basis, site development billing (and revenue recognition) is based on the completion of 
agreed upon phases of the project on a per site basis. Upon the completion of each phase on a per site basis, the Company recognizes the 
revenue related to that phase. Site development projects generally take from 3 to 12 months to complete.  

F-10  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Revenue from construction projects is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, determined by the percentage 
of cost incurred to date compared to management's estimated total cost for each contract. This method is used because management considers 
total cost to be the best available measure of progress on the contracts. These amounts are based on estimates, and the uncertainty inherent in 
the estimates initially is reduced as work on the contracts nears completion. The asset "costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on 
uncompleted contracts" represents expenses incurred and revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability "billings in excess of 
costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues recognized. Provisions for estimated losses on 
uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined to be probable.  

Cost of site leasing revenue includes ground lease rent, property taxes, maintenance (exclusive of employee related costs) and other tower 

operating expenses. Liabilities recorded related to the straight lining of ground leases are reflected in other long term liabilities on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. Cost of site development revenue includes the cost of materials, salaries and labor costs, including payroll taxes, 
subcontract labor, vehicle expense and other costs directly and indirectly related to the projects. All costs related to site development projects 
are recognized as incurred.  

The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from 

its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon historical experience, specific customer collection issues 
identified and past due balances as determined based on contractual terms. Interest is charged on outstanding receivables from customers on a 
case by case basis in accordance with the terms of the respective contracts or agreements with those customers. Amounts determined to be 
uncollectible are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts in the period in which uncollectability is determined to be probable.  

The following is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004:  

Beginning balance  
Allowance recorded relating to Acquisition of AAT  
Provision (credits) for doubtful accounts  
Write-offs, net of recoveries  
Ending balance  

l. Income Taxes  

2006 

2004 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ 1,731     
   —       
(300 )   
(295 )   
$ 1,136     

$ 1,136     
   1,000     
100     
(920 )   
$ 1,316     

$ 1,400   
   —     
(287 ) 
618   
$ 1,731   

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 
109”). SFAS 109 requires the Company to recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future income tax consequences of 
events that have been recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based 
on the temporary differences between the consolidated financial statements carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, using 
enacted tax rates in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. In assessing the likelihood of utilization of existing 
deferred tax assets, management has considered historical results of operations and the current operating environment.  

As a result of the acquisition of AAT by the Company, AAT underwent an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal 

Revenue Code (“IRC”). Section 382 imposes limitations on the use of net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards if there has been an 
“ownership change.” Therefore, the amount of the Company’s taxable income for any post-change year that may be offset by AAT’s pre-
change net operating losses cannot exceed AAT’s Section 382 limitation for the year. In the current and future tax years limited by Section 382, 
the Company estimates that it will have sufficient net operating losses available to offset taxable income.  

m. Stock-Based Compensation  

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123R (“SFAS 123R”), “Share-Based Payments,” which 

requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards to employees and directors based on 
estimated fair values. SFAS 123R supersedes the Company’s previous accounting methodology using the intrinsic  

F-11  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

value method under APB Opinion No. 25 (“APB 25”). The Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the 
provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than 
Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services.”  

The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation 
expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006 included: (a) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted prior to, 
but not yet vested, as of December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 
123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value 
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, the Company’s 
Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect the impact of SFAS 123R.  

On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123R-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax 
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in the FASB Staff 
Position for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes 
simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC Pool”) related to the tax effects of employee 
share-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax 
effects of employee and director share-based awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.  

n. Asset Retirement Obligations  

Under SFAS 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”, the Company recognizes asset retirement obligations in the period in 

which they are incurred, if a reasonable estimate of a fair value can be made, and accretes such liability through the obligation’s estimated 
settlement date. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related tower fixed assets and 
depreciated over the estimated useful life.  

The Company has entered into ground leases for the land underlying the majority of the Company’s towers. A majority of these leases 

require the Company to restore leaseholds to their original condition upon termination of the ground lease. SFAS 143 requires that the net 
present value of future restoration obligations be recorded as a liability as of the date the legal obligation arises and this amount be capitalized 
to the related operating asset. The asset retirement obligation at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 was $2.6 million and $0.9 million, 
respectively and is included in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In determining the impact of SFAS 143, the 
Company considered the nature and scope of legal restoration obligation provisions contained in its third party ground leases, the historical 
retirement experience as an indicator of future restoration probabilities, intent in renewing existing ground leases through lease termination 
dates, current and future value and timing of estimated restoration costs, and the credit adjusted risk-free rate used to discount future 
obligations.  

The following summarizes the activity of the asset retirement obligation liability:  

For the year ended December 31, 

2006 

2005 

Asset retirement obligation at January 1  
AAT fair value of liability assumed  
Amounts added from Acquired towers  
Amounts utilized in tower removals  
Accretion expense  
Revision in estimates  
Asset retirement obligation at December 31  

F-12  

$ 

$ 

(in thousands) 
$ 

942      
1,322      
223      
(4 )   
172      
(23 )   
2,632      

1,404   
—     
61   
(1 ) 
22   
(544 ) 
942   

$ 

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

o. Loss Per Share  

Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share. The Company has potential 
common stock equivalents related to its outstanding stock options. These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted loss 
per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted loss per common share and the weighted average 
number of shares used in the computations are the same for all periods presented. There were 4.2 million, 4.6 million and 4.4 million options 
outstanding at December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted approximately 
1.1 million options at exercise prices between $19.10 and $26.36 per share, which was the fair market value at the date of grant.  

p. Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and 

other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, and is comprised of net income (loss) and “other comprehensive income (loss).” 
Comprehensive loss is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit).  

3. CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS  

Current Accounting Pronouncements  

In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when 
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 was issued to provide interpretive guidance on how 
the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. SAB 108 
requires the use of both the “iron curtain” and “rollover” approach in quantifying the materiality of misstatements. SAB 108 is effective for 
annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. Early adoption of SAB 108 is permitted. The 
Company elected to adopt SAB 108 effective September 30, 2006. Upon initial application of SAB 108, the Company evaluated the 
uncorrected financial statement misstatements that were previously considered immaterial under the “rollover” method using the dual 
methodology required by SAB 108. As a result of this dual methodology approach of SAB 108, the Company corrected the cumulative error in 
its accounting for equity-based compensation for periods prior to January 1, 2006 (discussed more fully below under “ Recent Developments ”) 
in accordance with the transitional guidance in SAB 108.  

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) 

No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” (“SFAS No. 157”) which defines fair value, establishes guidelines for measuring fair value and expands 
disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is 
currently evaluating what impact, if any, the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations 
or cash flows.  

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement 

Plans (an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). Among other items, SFAS No. 158 requires 
recognition of the overfunded or underfunded status of an entity’s defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in the financial 
statements, requires the measurement of defined benefit postretirement plan assets and obligations as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, 
and requires recognition of the funded status of defined benefit postretirement plans in other comprehensive income. SFAS No. 158 is effective 
for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 on December 31, 2006. The Company currently 
measures the funded status of its plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. See Note 21 for further discussion regarding 
the adoption of SFAS No.158.  

In July 2006, FASB issued FASB Interpretation Number 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB 

Statement No. 109 , (“FIN No. 48”). FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. The Company must determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a 
tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution  

F-13  

   
Table of Contents  

of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. Once it is determined that a position meets the more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold, the position is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. FIN 
No. 48 applies to all tax positions related to income taxes subject to FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. The interpretation 
clearly scopes out income tax positions related to FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies. This statement is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2006. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN No. 48 will be reported as an adjustment to 
the opening balance of retained earnings on January 1, 2007. The Company adopted the provisions of this statement beginning in the first 
quarter of 2007. The adoption of FIN No. 48 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operation or financial 
position.  

In February 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an Amendment of FASB 
Statements No. 133 and 140” (“SFAS No. 155”). SFAS No. 155 allows financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative and that 
otherwise would require bifurcation to be accounted for as a whole on a fair value basis, at the holders’ election. SFAS No. 155 also clarifies 
and amends certain other provisions of SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No. 140. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or 
issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 155 is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s results of operations or financial position.  

Recent Developments  

The Company has undertaken a comprehensive review of the Company’s stock option grant practices, including a review of its 

underlying stock option grant documentation and procedures and related accounting. This review was initiated voluntarily by management of 
the Company on September 26, 2006 following the public release of a letter dated September 19, 2006 from the SEC’s Office of Chief 
Accountant, which provided further interpretive guidance related to stock option granting practices. Management’s findings and conclusions 
have been reviewed by outside legal counsel and the Company’s internal auditors, and have been presented to the Company’s Board of 
Directors. Both outside counsel and internal audit reviewed such documentation and interviewed such persons as they deemed necessary to 
reach their own conclusions with respect to the matters reviewed by management.  

This review identified various deficiencies in the historical process of granting and documenting stock options. The Company believes 
that, with respect to certain stock option grants, (i) the proper measurement date for accounting purposes differs from the measurement dates 
used by SBA, and (ii) the Company incorrectly accounted for options held by persons who served as independent contractors of SBA. During 
its review, management did not identify any evidence of fraudulent conduct relating to stock option grants. As a result of these findings, the 
Company has determined that from fiscal 1999 through the end of fiscal year 2005, it had unrecorded non-cash equity-based compensation 
charges of $8.4 million.  

Pursuant to SAB 108, the Company corrected the aforementioned cumulative error in its accounting for equity-based compensation by 

recording a non-cash cumulative effect adjustment of $8.4 million to additional paid-in capital with an offsetting amount of $7.7 million to 
accumulated deficit within shareholders’ equity as well as adjustments to property and equipment in the amount of $0.4 million and intangible 
assets of $0.3 million in its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. The capitalized amounts relate to acquisition related costs. For 
additional discussion regarding the adoption of SAB 108 and its implications, please see “Current Accounting Pronouncements” above.  

In connection with the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a non-cash equity adjustment of $0.9 million to additional 

paid-in capital within shareholders’ equity with an off-setting adjustment to property and equipment of $0.4 million and intangible assets of 
$0.3 million in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 and a $0.2 million charge in the consolidated statement of operations 
for the year ended December 31, 2006. The 2006 adjustment above is not a result of the adoption of SAB 108.  

F-14  

   
Table of Contents  

4. RESTRICTED CASH  

Restricted cash consists of the following:  

As of  
December 31, 2006    

As of  
December 31, 2005    

CMBS Certificates  
Payment and performance bonds  
Surety bonds  

Total restricted cash  

$ 

$ 

(in thousands) 
$ 

30,690    
3,713    
13,696    
48,099    

$ 

17,937    
1,575    
10,291    
29,803    

Included on Balance Sheets 

restricted cash - current asset 
restricted cash - current asset 
Other assets - noncurrent 

In connection with the issuance of the CMBS Certificates, the Company is required to fund a restricted cash amount, which represents the 

cash held in escrow pursuant to the mortgage loan agreement governing the CMBS Certificates to fund certain reserve accounts for the 
payment of debt service costs, ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes, insurance premiums related to tower sites, trustee and 
service expenses, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants. Based on the terms of the CMBS Certificates, all rental cash receipts 
each month are restricted and held by the indenture trustee. The restricted cash held by the indenture trustee in excess of required reserve 
balances is subsequently released to the Borrowers on or before the 15 th calendar day following month end. All monies held by the indenture 
trustee after the release date are classified as restricted cash on the Company’s balance sheet.  

Payment and performance bonds relate primarily to collateral requirements relating to tower construction currently in process by the 
Company. Cash pledged as collateral related to surety bonds are issued for the benefit of the Company or its affiliates in the ordinary course of 
business which primarily relate to the Company’s tower removal obligations.  

5. ACQUISITIONS  

AAT Acquisition  

On April 27, 2006, a subsidiary of SBA Communications acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common stock of AAT 

Communications Corporation from AAT Holdings, LLC II. AAT owned 1,850 tower sites in the United States. The acquisition provides the 
Company with a nationwide platform to pursue its asset growth strategy and allows the Company to leverage its fixed overhead costs.  

Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company paid cash of $634.0 million and issued 17,059,336 shares of the 

Company’s Class A common stock, valued at $392.7 million based on the average market price of the Company’s Class A common stock over 
the 5-trading day period ended March 21, 2006. The Company incurred approximately $10.4 million in acquisition related costs in connection 
with the AAT Acquisition. The results of AAT’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of 
acquisition. The Company has accounted for the acquisition under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141 – Business 
Combinations (“FAS 141”). Under this method of accounting, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded on the Company’s balance 
sheet at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. The total purchase price of approximately $1.0 billion includes the fair value of 
the Class A common stock issued, the cash paid, and the acquisition related costs incurred.  

The determination, as updated as of December 31, 2006, of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed relating 

to the AAT acquisition is summarized below (in thousands):  

F-15  

   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Accounts receivable  
Other current assets  
Property, plant, and equipment  
Intangible assets:  

Current contract intangible  
Network location intangible  

Other assets  
Total assets acquired  
Current liabilities  
Other liabilities  
Total liabilities assumed  
Net assets acquired  

$ 

1,204   
1,996   
   368,947   

   421,026   
   256,710   
726   
  1,050,609   
(10,283 ) 
(3,179 ) 
(13,462 ) 
$ 1,037,147   

The fair values of the property, plant, and equipment as well as the intangible assets were determined in connection with a third party 

valuation. The Company is currently in the process of finalizing the purchase price allocation. The primary areas of the purchase price 
allocation which are not yet finalized relate to current assets and current liabilities.  

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information  

The following table presents the unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations of the Company for years December 31, 2006 and 

2005, respectively, as if the AAT acquisition and the related financing transactions were completed as of January 1 of each of the respective 
years (in thousands, except per share amounts):  

Revenues  
Operating income (loss)  
Net loss  
Basic and diluted net loss per common share  

For the year ended December 31, 

    $ 
    $ 
    $ 
    $ 

2006 
379,863     
14,710     
(162,573 )   
(1.57 )   

2005 
$  342,441   
(20,390 ) 
$ 
(153,967 ) 
$ 
(1.69 ) 
$ 

The pro forma amounts include the historical operating results of the Company and AAT with appropriate adjustments to give effect to 
(1) depreciation, amortization and accretion, (2) interest expense, (3) selling, general and administrative expense, and (4) certain conforming 
accounting policies of the Company. The pro forma amounts are not indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the 
acquisition and related transactions had been completed at the beginning of the applicable periods presented and are not indicative of the 
operating results in future periods.  

Other Acquisitions  

During 2006, the Company acquired 248 completed towers, 2 towers in process, and related assets from various sellers as well as the 

equity interest of three entities, whose assets consisted almost entirely of 91 towers and related assets. The aggregate consideration paid was 
$66.7 million in cash and approximately 1.8 million shares of Class A common stock valued at $42.9 million. The Company accounted for all 
of the above tower acquisitions at fair market value at the date of acquisition. The results of operations of the acquired assets and companies are 
included with those of the Company from the dates of the respective acquisitions. Other than the AAT Acquisition, none of the individual 
acquisitions or aggregate acquisitions consummated during 2006 were significant to the Company and accordingly, pro forma financial 
information has not been presented. In addition, the Company also paid $2.1 million and issued approximately 13,000 shares of Class A 
common stock in settlement of contingent purchase price amounts payable as a result of acquired towers exceeding certain performance targets. 

During 2005, the Company acquired 172 towers and related assets from various sellers as well as the equity of two entities, whose assets 

consisted almost entirely of 36 towers and related assets. The aggregate purchase price for all acquisitions was $73.5 million. The aggregate 
consideration paid was $55.1 million in cash and approximately 1.6 million shares of Class A common stock. The Company accounted for all 
of the above tower acquisitions at fair market value at the  

F-16  

   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
  
Table of Contents  

date of acquisition. The results of operations of the acquired assets and companies are included with those of the Company from the dates of 
the respective acquisitions. None of the individual acquisitions or aggregate acquisitions consummated were significant to the Company and, 
accordingly, pro forma financial information has not been presented. In addition, the Company paid $0.2 million and issued approximately 
24,000 shares of Class A common stock in settlement of contingent purchase price amounts payable as a result of acquired towers exceeding 
certain performance targets.  

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , the Company continues to evaluate all acquisitions within 

one year after the applicable closing date of each transaction to determine whether any additional adjustments are needed to the allocation of 
the purchase price paid for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by major balance sheet caption, as well as the separate recognition of 
intangible assets from goodwill if certain criteria are met. These intangible assets represent the value associated with current leases in place 
(“Current Contract Intangibles”) at the acquisition date and future tenant leases anticipated to be added (“Network Location Intangible”) to the 
acquired towers and were calculated using the discounted values of the current or future expected cash flows. The intangible assets are 
estimated to have an economic useful life consistent with the economic useful life of the related tower assets, which is typically 15 years.  

From time to time, the Company agrees to pay additional consideration for such acquisitions if the towers or businesses that are acquired 

meet or exceed certain performance targets in the 1-3 years after they have been acquired. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had an 
obligation to pay up to an additional $4.8 million in consideration if the performance targets contained in various acquisition agreements are 
met. These obligations are associated with acquisitions within the Company’s site leasing segment. In certain acquisitions the additional 
consideration may be paid in cash or shares of Class A common stock at the Company’s option. The Company records such obligations as 
additional consideration when it becomes probable that the targets will be met.  

6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET  

The following table provides the gross and net carrying amounts for each major class of intangible assets:  

Current contract intangibles  
Network location intangibles  
Covenants not to compete  

Gross carrying 

At December 31, 2006 
Accumulated 

At December 31, 2005 

Gross carrying 

Accumulated 

amount 
$  468,561    
290,768    
6,231    
$  765,560    

amortization     
$  (21,405 )   
(13,052 )   
(6,231 )   
$  (40,688 )   

Net book  
value 
$ 447,156    
  277,716    
   —      
$ 724,872    

amount 

20,210    
11,805    
6,231    
38,246    

$ 

$ 

amortization     
(620 )   
$ 
(309 )   
(5,826 )   
(6,755 )   

$ 

Net book 
value 
$ 19,590 
  11,496 
405 
$ 31,491 

All intangibles noted above are contained in our site leasing segment. Amortization expense relating to the intangible assets above was 

$33.9 million, $1.9 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. These amounts are subject to 
changes in estimates until the preliminary allocation of the purchase price is finalized for all acquisitions.  

F-17  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Estimated amortization expense on the Company’s current contract and network location intangibles is as follows:  

For the year ended December 31,  
2007  
2008  
2009  
2010  
2011  
Thereafter  
Total  

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET  

Property and equipment consists of the following:  

Towers and related components  
Construction-in-process  
Furniture, equipment and vehicles  
Land, buildings and improvements  

Less: accumulated depreciation  
Property and equipment, net  

(in thousands) 
50,622 
$ 
50,622 
50,622 
50,622 
50,622 
   471,762 
$  724,872 

As of  
December 31, 2006     

As of  
December 31, 2005   

(in thousands) 
$ 

$ 

$ 

1,571,340     
4,555     
27,391     
40,947     
1,644,233     
(538,291 )   
1,105,942     

1,117,497   
4,792   
25,552   
22,549   
1,170,390   
(442,057 ) 
728,333   

$ 

Construction-in-process represents costs incurred related to towers that are under development and will be used in the Company's 

operations.  

Depreciation expense was $99.0 million, $85.3 million, and $89.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, 
respectively. At December 31, 2006, non-cash capital expenditures that are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses were $2.6 
million, compared to $3.2 million at December 31, 2005.  

8. COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS IN EXCESS OF BILLINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts consist of the following:  

As of  
December 31, 2006     

As of  
December 31, 2005   

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts  
Estimated earnings  
Billings to date  

$ 

$ 

F-18  

(in thousands) 
$ 

104,157     
18,771     
(104,580 )   
18,348     

94,323   
15,609   
(86,139 ) 
23,793   

$ 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

These amounts are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the following captions:  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted 

contracts  

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted 

contracts  

As of  
December 31, 2006     

As of  
December 31, 2005   

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

19,403     

(1,055 )   
18,348     

$ 

$ 

25,184   

(1,391 ) 
23,793   

At December 31, 2006 one significant customer comprised 69.3% of the costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net of billings 

in excess of costs, while at December 31, 2005, three significant customers comprised 75.4% of the costs and estimated earnings in excess of 
billings, net of billings in excess of costs.  

9. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK  

The Company's credit risks consist primarily of accounts receivable with national, regional and local wireless communications providers 

and federal and state governmental agencies. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and 
provides allowances for doubtful accounts as required based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and 
other information. The Company generally does not require collateral. The following is a list of significant customers and the percentage of 
total revenue derived from such customers:  

Sprint Nextel  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

For the year ended December 31, 
2005    
30.9 %   
25.5 %   

2006    
27.6 %   
21.4 %   

2004    
31.0 % 
22.7 % 

The Company's site development consulting, site development construction and site leasing segments derive revenue from these 

customers. Client concentrations with respect to revenues in each of the segments are as follows:  

Cingular (now AT&T)  
Sprint/Nextel  
Verizon  

Sprint Nextel  
Verizon Wireless  
Bechtel Corporation*  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

F-19  

Percentage of Site Leasing Revenue  
for the year ended December 31,  
2005    
28.0 %    
30.7 %    
10.1 %    

2006    
26.7 %    
26.2 %    
9.7 %    

2004    
27.5 % 
29.4 % 
9.5 % 

Percentage of Site Development  
Consulting Revenue  
for the year ended December 31,  
2005    

2004    

2006    
38.0 %   
26.6 %   
10.0 %   
6.8 %   

1.9 %   
32.4 %   
23.3 %   
28.3 %   

2.6 % 
26.1 % 
24.7 % 
26.7 % 

   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Sprint Nextel  
Bechtel Corporation*  
Cingular (now AT&T)  

Percentage of Site Development  
Construction Revenue  
for the year ended December 31, 
2005    
36.0 %   
11.6 %   
20.3 %   

2006    
30.0 %   
17.4 %   
6.9 %   

2004    
39.7 % 
14.5 % 
12.5 % 

*  Substantially all the work performed for Bechtel Corporation was for its client Cingular. 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, two significant customers comprise 57.1% and three significant customers comprise 49.6%, 

respectively, of site development consulting and construction segments combined accounts receivable. These same customers comprise 49.2% 
and 46.6% of the Company’s total accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  

10. ACCRUED EXPENSES  

The Company’s accrued expenses are comprised of the following:  

As of  
December 31, 2006   

As of  
December 31, 2005 

Salaries and benefits  
Real estate and property taxes  
Other  

$ 

$ 

F-20  

(in thousands) 
$ 

3,418   
6,648   
7,534   
17,600   

3,746 
4,410 
7,388 
15,544 

$ 

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

11. DEBT  

Commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, series 2005-1, secured, interest payable 

monthly in arrears, balloon payment principal of $405,000 with an anticipated 
repayment date of November 15, 2010. Interest at varying rates (5.369% to 6.706%) at 
December 31, 2006 and 2005.  

Commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, series 2006-1, secured, interest payable 
monthly in arrears, balloon payment principal of $1,150,000 with an anticipated 
repayment date of November 15, 2011. Interest at varying rates (5.314% to 7.825%) at 
December 31, 2006.  

8 1/2% senior notes, unsecured, interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and 

December 1. Balance repurchased in full April 27, 2006.  

9 3/4% senior discount notes, net of unamortized original issue discount of $44,424 at 
December 31, 2005, unsecured, cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears 
beginning June 15, 2008, and the accreted balance of $223,736 repurchased on 
April 27, 2006.  

Senior revolving credit facility. Facility originated in December 2005. No amounts 

outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005.  

Total debt  

As of  
December 31, 2006   

As of  
December 31, 2005 

(in thousands) 

$ 

405,000   

$ 

405,000 

1,150,000   

—   

—     

162,500 

—     

—     
1,555,000   

$ 

$ 

216,892 

—   
784,392 

Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2005-1  

On November 18, 2005, SBA CMBS-1 Depositor LLC (the “Depositor”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, sold in a private 
transaction, $405 million of the Initial CMBS Certificates issued by SBA CMBS Trust (the “Trust”), a trust established by the Depositor (the 
“Initial CMBS Transaction”). The Initial CMBS Certificates consisted of five classes, all of which are rated investment grade, as indicated in 
the table below:  

Subclass  

2005-1A  
2005-1B  
2005-1C  
2005-1D  
2005-1E  

Initial Subclass  
Principal Balance    
(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

238,580    
48,320    
48,320    
48,320    
21,460    
405,000    

Pass through 

Interest Rate   

5.369 % 
5.565 % 
5.731 % 
6.219 % 
6.706 % 
5.608 % 

The weighted average monthly fixed coupon interest rate of the Initial CMBS Certificates is 5.6% and the effective weighted average 
fixed interest rate is 4.8%, after giving effect to the settlement of two interest rate swap agreements entered in contemplation of the transaction 
(See note 12). The Initial CMBS Certificates have an anticipated repayment date of November 15, 2010 with a final repayment date in 2035. 
The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $12.2 million associated with the closing of this transaction.  

F-21  

   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-1  

On November 6, 2006, the Depositor, sold in a private transaction, $1.15 billion of the Additional CMBS Certificates, issued by the Trust 

(the “Additional CMBS Transaction”). The Additional CMBS Certificates consist of nine classes as indicated in the table below:  

Subclass  

2006-1A  
2006-1B  
2006-1C  
2006-1D  
2006-1E  
2006-1F  
2006-1G  
2006-1H  
2006-1J  
Total  

Initial Subclass  
Principal Balance    
(in thousands) 

$ 

439,420    
106,680    
106,680    
106,680    
36,540    
81,000    
121,000    
81,000    
71,000    
$  1,150,000    

Pass through 

Interest Rate   

5.314 % 
5.451 % 
5.559 % 
5.852 % 
6.174 % 
6.709 % 
6.904 % 
7.389 % 
7.825 % 
5.993 % 

The contractual weighted average monthly fixed interest rate of the Additional CMBS Certificates is 6.0%, and the effective weighted 

average fixed interest rate is 6.3% after giving effect to the settlement of the nine interest rate swap agreements entered in contemplation of the 
transaction (see note 12). The Additional CMBS Certificates have an expected life of five years with a final repayment date in 2036. The 
proceeds of the Additional CMBS Certificates primarily repaid the bridge loan secured in connection with the AAT Acquisition and fund 
required reserves and expenses associated with the Additional CMBS Transaction. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $23.3 
million associated with the closing of this transaction.  

The CMBS Certificates  

In connection with the Initial CMBS Transaction, the $400 million Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Senior Credit Facility”), 
dated as of January 30, 2004, among SBA Senior Finance, as borrower and the lenders (the “Loan Agreement”) was amended and restated to 
replace SBA Properties as the new borrower under the Loan Agreement and to completely release SBA Senior Finance and the other 
guarantors of any obligations under the Loan Agreement, to increase the principal amount of the loan to $405.0 million and to amend various 
other terms (as amended and restated, the “Mortgage Loan Agreement”). Furthermore, the Mortgage Loan Agreement was purchased by the 
Depositor with proceeds from the Initial CMBS Transaction. The Depositor then assigned the underlying mortgage loan to the Trust, who will 
have all rights as Lender under the Mortgage Loan Agreement.  

The assets of the Trust, which issued the CMBS Certificates, consists of non-recourse mortgage loan initially made in favor of SBA 

Properties, Inc. (the “Initial Borrower”). In connection with the issuance of the Additional CMBS Certificates, each of SBA Sites, Inc., SBA 
Structures, Inc., SBA Towers, Inc., SBA Towers Puerto Rico, Inc. and SBA Towers USVI, Inc. (the “Additional Borrowers”) were added as 
additional borrowers under the mortgage loan and the principal amount of the mortgage loan was increased by $1.15 billion to an aggregate of 
$1.56 billion. The Borrowers are jointly and severally liable under the mortgage loan. The mortgage loan is to be paid from the operating cash 
flows from the aggregate 4,975 towers owned by the Borrowers. Subject to certain limited exceptions described below, no payments of 
principal will be required to be made prior to the monthly payment date in November 2010, which is the anticipated repayment date for the 
components of the mortgage loan corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates, and no payments of principal will be required to be made in 
relation to the components of the mortgage loan corresponding to the Additional CMBS Certificates prior to the monthly payment date in 
November 2011. However, if the debt service coverage ratio, defined as the Net Cash Flow (as defined in the Mortgage Loan Agreement) 
divided by the amount of interest on the mortgage loan, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the 
succeeding twelve months, as of the end of any calendar quarter, falls to 1.30 times or lower, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required 
to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other 
payments required under the loan documents, referred to as excess cash flow, will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released 
to the  

F-22  

   
   
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the debt service coverage ratio exceeds 1.30 times for 
two consecutive calendar quarters. If the debt service coverage ratio falls below 1.15 times as of the end of any calendar quarter, then an 
“amortization period” will commence and all funds on deposit in the reserve account will be applied to prepay the mortgage loan. Otherwise, 
on a monthly basis, the excess cash flow of the Borrowers held by the Trustee after payment of principal, interest, reserves and expenses is 
distributed to the Borrowers.  

The Borrowers may not prepay the mortgage loan in whole or in part at any time prior to November 2010 (the “Initial CMBS Certificates 

Anticipated Repayment Date”) for the components of the mortgage loan corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates and November 2011 
(the “Additional CMBS Certificates Anticipated Repayment Date”) for the components of the mortgage loan corresponding to the Additional 
CMBS Certificates, except in limited circumstances (such as the occurrence of certain casualty and condemnation events relating to the 
Borrowers’ tower sites). Thereafter, prepayment is permitted provided it is accompanied by any applicable prepayment consideration. If the 
prepayment occurs within nine months of the final maturity date, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid principal balance of 
the mortgage loan components corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates will be due in November 2035 and those corresponding to the 
Additional CMBS Certificates will be due in November 2036. However, to the extent that the full amount of the mortgage loan component 
corresponding to the Initial CMBS Certificates or the amount of the mortgage loan component corresponding to the Additional CMBS 
Certificates are not fully repaid by their respective anticipated repayment dates, the interest rate payable on any such mortgage loan outstanding 
will significantly increase in accordance with the formula set forth in the mortgage loan. The mortgage loan may be defeased in whole at any 
time.  

The mortgage loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the tower sites and their 

operating cash flows, (2) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (3) the Borrowers’ rights 
under the management agreement they entered into with Network Management. relating to the management of the Borrowers’ tower sites by 
Network Management pursuant to which SBA Network Management arranges for the payment of all operating expenses and the funding of all 
capital expenditures out of amounts on deposit in one or more operating accounts maintained on the Borrowers’ behalf. For each calendar 
month, Network Management is entitled to receive a management fee equal to 7.5% of the Borrowers’ operating revenues for the immediately 
preceding calendar month. This management fee was reduced from 10% in connection with the issuance of the Additional CMBS Certificates.  

In connection with issuance of the CMBS Certificates, the Company is required to fund a restricted cash amount, which represents the 
cash held in escrow pursuant to the mortgage loan governing the Certificates to fund certain reserve accounts for the payment of debt service 
costs, ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes, insurance premiums related to tower sites, trustee and service expenses, and to 
reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants on the 4,975 tower sites. Based on the terms of the CMBS Certificates, all rental cash receipts 
each month are restricted and held by the indenture trustee. The monies held by the indenture trustee as of December 31, 2006 are classified as 
restricted cash on the Company’s Balance Sheet (see note 4). The monies held by the indenture trustee in excess of required reserve balances 
are subsequently released to the Borrowers on or before the 15 th calendar day following month end.  

Bridge Loan  

In connection with the AAT Acquisition, on April 27, 2006, SBA Senior Finance entered into a credit agreement for a $1.1 billion bridge 

loan. The proceeds of the loan were used in the acquisition of AAT and to repurchase the remaining amounts outstanding of the Company’s 8 
 1 / 2 % senior notes and 9   3 / 4 % senior discount notes (see below). The bridge loan had a maturity date (after extension of an option by the 
Company) of January 27, 2007, but was repaid in full on November 6, 2006 with the proceeds from the Additional CMBS Transaction. The 
Company recorded a $3.4 million loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt in connection with the repayment 
of this facility.  

8  1 / 2 % Senior Notes and 9 3 / 4 % Senior Discount Notes 

On April 27, 2006, the remaining outstanding amounts of $162.5 million of the 8  1 /2% senior notes and $223.7 million of the 9  3 /4% 

senior discount notes (the accreted value at April 27, 2006) were repaid from the proceeds of the $1.1 billion bridge loan obtained in 
connection with the AAT Acquisition. The Company recorded a $53.9 million loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and 
extinguishment of debt in connection with the repurchase of these notes.  

F-23  

 
   
Table of Contents  

Revolving Credit Facility  

On December 22, 2005, SBA Senior Finance II LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, closed on a secured revolving credit facility in the 

amount of $160.0 million. Amounts borrowed under this facility are secured by a first lien on substantially all of SBA Senior Finance II’s 
assets and are guaranteed by the Company and certain of its other subsidiaries. This facility replaces the prior facility which was assigned and 
became the mortgage loan underlying the Initial CMBS Certificates issuance. The Company incurred deferred financing fees of $1.2 million 
associated with the closing of this transaction.  

This facility consists of a $160.0 million revolving loan which may be borrowed, repaid and redrawn, subject to compliance with certain 
covenants. The Company was restricted from borrowing under this facility during the period of time that the bridge loan remained outstanding 
based on an agreement with its lenders. Upon repayment of the bridge loan on November 6, 2006 from the proceeds of the Additional CMBS 
Transaction, this restriction was removed and the Company is able to utilize the revolving credit facility according to the initial terms of the 
borrowing arrangement.  

The revolving credit facility matures on December 21, 2007. Amounts borrowed under the facility will accrue interest at LIBOR plus a 

margin that ranges from 75 basis points to 200 basis points or at a base rate plus a margin that ranges from 12.5 basis points to 100 basis points. 
Unused amounts on this facility accrue interest at 37.5 basis points on the $160.0 million committed amount.  

The revolving credit facility requires SBA Senior Finance II to maintain specified financial ratios, including ratios regarding its debt to 

annualized operating cash flow, debt service, cash interest expense and fixed charges for each quarter. The revolving credit facility also 
contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to incur debt and liens, sell assets, commit to 
capital expenditures, enter into affiliate transactions or sale-leaseback transactions, and build and/or acquire towers without anchor or 
acceptable tenants. SBA Senior Finance II’s ability in the future to comply with the covenants and access the available funds under the 
revolving credit facility in the future will depend on its future financial performance. The Company had availability under the revolving credit 
facility of $29.0 million at December 31, 2006.  

As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the indentures relating to the Initial and Additional 

CMBS Certificates and the revolving credit facility.  

The Company's debt is expected to mature as follows:  

For the year ended December 31,  
2007  
2008  
2009  
2010  
2011  
Total  

(in thousands) 
—   
$ 
—   
—   
   405,000 
   1,150,000 
$ 1,555,000 

12. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Additional CMBS Certificate Swaps  

At various dates during 2006, a subsidiary of the Company entered into nine forward-starting interest rate swap agreements (the 
“Additional CMBS Certificate Swaps”), at an aggregate notional principal amount of $1.0 billion, to hedge the variability of future interest 
rates in anticipation of the issuance of debt, which the Company originally expected to be issued on or before December 21, 2007 by an 
affiliate of the Company. Under the swap agreements, the subsidiary had agreed to pay a fixed interest rate ranging from 5.019% to 5.47% on 
the total notional amount of $1.0 billion, beginning on the originally expected debt issuance dates for a period of five years, in exchange for 
receiving floating payments based on three month LIBOR on the same $1.0 billion notional amount for the same five year period.  

F-24  

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

On November 6, 2006, a subsidiary of the Company entered into a purchase agreement with JP Morgan Securities, Inc., Lehman Brothers 

Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. regarding the Additional CMBS Transaction. In connection with this agreement, The Company 
terminated the Additional CMBS Certificate Swaps, resulting in a $14.5 million settlement payment by the Company. The Company 
determined a portion of the swaps to be ineffective, and as a result, the Company recorded $1.7 million as interest expense on the Statement of 
Operations. The additional deferred loss of $12.8 million is being amortized utilizing the effective interest method over the anticipated five year 
life of the Additional CMBS Certificates and will increase the effective interest rate on these certificates by 0.3% over the weighted average 
fixed interest rate of 6.0%. The unamortized value of the settlement payment is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Initial CMBS Certificates Swaps  

On June 22, 2005, in anticipation of the Initial CMBS Transaction (see note 11), the Company entered into two forward starting interest 

rate swap agreements, each with a notational principal amount of $200.0 million to hedge the variability of future interest rates on the Initial 
CMBS Transaction. Under the swap agreements, we agreed to pay the counterparties a fixed interest rate of 4.199% on the total notional 
amount of $400.0 million, beginning on December 22, 2005 through December 22, 2010 in exchange for receiving floating payments based on 
the three-month LIBOR on the same notional amount for the same five-year period. The Company determined the swaps to be effective cash 
flow hedges and recorded the fair value of the interest rate swaps in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of applicable income taxes.  

On November, 4, 2005, two of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a purchase agreement with Lehman Brothers Inc. and Deutsche 

Bank Securities Inc. regarding the purchase and sale of $405.0 million of commercial mortgage pass-through certificates issued by SBA CMBS 
Trust, a trust established by a special purpose subsidiary of the Company. In connection with this agreement, the Company terminated the 
Initial CMBS Certificates Swaps, resulting in a $14.8 million settlement payment to the Company. The settlement payment will be amortized 
into interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations utilizing the effective interest method over the anticipated five year life of 
the Initial CMBS Certificates and will reduce the effective interest rate on the Certificates by 0.8%. The unamortized value of the settlement 
payment is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Fair Value Hedge  

The Company previously had an interest rate swap agreement to manage its exposure to interest rate movements by effectively converting 

a portion of its fixed rate 10   1 / 4 % senior notes to variable rates. The swap qualified as a fair value hedge. The notional principal amount of 
the swap was $100.0 million and the maturity date and payment provisions matched that of the underlying senior notes.  

The counter-party to the interest rate swap agreement terminated the swap agreement in October 2002. In connection with this 

termination, the counter-party paid the Company $6.2 million, which included approximately $0.8 million in accrued interest. The remaining 
approximately $5.4 million received was deferred and recognized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the senior notes 
using the effective interest method. Amortization of the deferred gain during 2004 was approximately $0.7 million. Additionally, $1.9 million 
of the deferred gain was recognized as a reduction in loss from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt in connection 
with the repurchase of $186.5 million of 10  1 / 4 % senior notes in December 2004. The balance of $1.9 million outstanding at December 31, 
2004 was written off in connection with the repayment of the 10  1 / 4 % senior notes in February 2005 and is included as a reduction in loss 
from write-off of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt on the Statement of Operations.  

F-25  

   
Table of Contents  

13. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  

a. Offerings of Common Stock  

In July 2000, the Company filed a universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
registering the sale of up to $500.0 million of any combination of Class A common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, depository shares, or 
warrants. On May 11, 2005, the Company issued 8.0 million shares of Class A common stock. The net proceeds were $75.4 million after 
deducting underwriters’ fees and offering expenses, and were used to redeem an accreted balance of $68.9 million of the 9   3 / 4 % senior 
discount notes.  

On October 5, 2005, the Company issued 10.0 million shares of Class A common stock. The net proceeds were $151.4 million after 
deducting underwriters’ fees and offering expenses, and were used to redeem $130.4 million of the Company’s 9   3 / 4 % senior discount notes 
and 8   1 / 2 % senior notes.  

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company did not issue any securities under this shelf registration. At December 31, 2006, 

the Company can issue up to $21.4 million of securities under the universal shelf registration statement.  

b. Registration of Additional Shares  

During 2006, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-4 with the Securities and Exchange Commission registering an 

aggregate 4.0 million shares of its Class A common stock. These 4.0 million shares are in addition to 3.0 million and 5.0 million shares 
registered during 2000 and 2001, respectively. These shares may be issued in connection with acquisitions of wireless communication towers 
or companies that provide related services. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company issued 1.8 million shares, 
1.7 million shares and 0.4 million shares, respectively, of its Class A common stock pursuant to these registration statements in connection with 
acquisitions. At December 31, 2006, 4.5 million shares remain available for issuance under this shelf registration.  

On November 27, 2006, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-8 with the Securities and Exchange Commission 

registering an additional 2.5 million shares of its Class A common stock issuable under the 2001 Equity Participation Plan.  

On April 14, 2006, the Company filed with the Commission an automatic shelf registration statement for well-known seasoned issuers on 
Form S-3ASR. This registration statement enables the Company to issue shares of its Class A common stock, shares of preferred stock, which 
may be represented by depositary shares, unsecured senior, senior subordinated or subordinated debt securities; and warrants to purchase any of 
these securities. Under the rules governing the automatic shelf registration statements, the Company will file a prospectus supplement and 
advise the Commission of the amount and type of securities each time the Company issues securities under this registration statement. During 
the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company did not issue any securities under this shelf registration statement.  

c. Other Common Stock Transactions  

During 2006, in connection with the AAT Acquisition the Company issued 17,059,336 shares of its Class A common stock.  

During 2004, the Company exchanged $49.7 million of its 10  1 / 4 % senior notes for 8.7 million shares of its Class A common stock. The 

Company also exchanged $1.3 million in face value of its 9  3 / 4 % senior discount notes for approximately 136,000 shares of its Class A 
common stock during 2004.  

d. Shareholder Rights Plan and Preferred Stock  

During January 2002, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend of one preferred stock 
purchase right for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock. Each of these rights which are currently not exercisable will entitle 
the holder to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a share of the Company's newly designated Series E Junior Participating Preferred 
Stock. In the event that any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company's common 
stock or commences or announces an  

F-26  

   
Table of Contents  

intention to commence a tender offer that would result in such person or group owning 15% or more of the Company's common stock, each 
holder of a right (other than the acquirer) will be entitled to receive, upon payment of the exercise price, a number of shares of common stock 
having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the right. In order to retain flexibility and the ability to maximize shareholder 
value in the event of transactions that may arise in the future, the Board retains the power to redeem the rights for a set amount. The rights were 
distributed on January 25, 2002 and expire on January 10, 2012, unless earlier redeemed or exchanged or terminated in accordance with the 
Rights Agreement.  

14. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION  

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition 

method, compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2006 included: (a) compensation expense for all share-based 
awards granted prior to, but not yet vested, as of December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the 
original provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation expense for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2006, based on 
the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. In accordance with the modified prospective transition 
method, the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect the impact of SFAS 123R. The 
Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 96-
18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or 
Services.” As a result of applying SFAS 123R to unvested stock options at December 31, 2005, the Company’s loss from continuing operations 
and net loss was $5.4 million higher for the year ended December 31, 2006. Basic and diluted loss per share was $0.06 higher as a result of 
applying SFAS 123R for the year ended December 31, 2006. Additionally, there was no effect on cash flows from operations and financing 
activities.  

On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123R-3, “Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax 
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in the FASB Staff 
Position for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes 
simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC Pool”) related to the tax effects of employee 
share-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax 
effects of employee and director share-based awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123R.  

Stock Options  

The Company has three equity participation plans (the 1996 Stock Option Plan, the 1999 Equity Participation Plan and the 2001 Equity 

Participation Plan) whereby options (both non-qualified and incentive stock options), stock appreciation rights and restricted stock may be 
granted to directors, employees and consultants. Upon adoption of the 2001 Equity Participation Plan, no further grants are permitted under the 
1996 Stock Option Plan and the 1999 Equity Participation Plan. The 2001 Equity Participation Plan provides for a maximum issuance of 
shares, together with all outstanding options and unvested shares of restricted stock under all three of the plans, equal to 15% of the Company’s 
common stock outstanding, adjusted for certain shares issued and the exercise of certain options. These options generally vest between three 
and six years from the date of grant on a straight-line basis and generally have a ten year life.  

From time to time, restricted shares of Class A common stock or options to purchase Class A common stock have been granted under the 

Company’s equity participation plans at prices below market value at the time of grant. The Company recorded approximately $0.4 million, 
$0.5 million and $0.5 million of non-cash compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, 
relating to the issuance of these shares.  

The Company records compensation expense for employee stock options based on the estimated fair value of the options on the date of 

grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions included in the table below. The Company uses a combination of 
historical data and implied volatility to establish the expected volatility. Historical data is used to estimate the expected option life and the 
expected forfeiture rate. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the estimated life of the 
option. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:  

F-27  

   
Table of Contents  

Risk free interest rate  
Dividend yield  
Expected volatility  
Expected lives  

For the year ended December 31, 

2006 

4.2% - 5.1%     3.8% - 4.2%    

2005 

2004 
3.5% 
0.0% 
113% 
3.75 years      4 years 

0.0% 
45% 

0.0% 

    43.7% - 45%    
3.75 years     

A summary of shares reserved for future issuance under these plans as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:  

Reserved for 1996 Stock Option Plan  
Reserved for 1999 Equity Participation Plan  
Reserved for 2001 Equity Participation Plan  

(in thousands) 
42 
123 
12,288 
12,453 

The following table summarizes the Company’s activities with respect to its stock option plan years ended 2006, 2005, and 2004 as 

follows (dollars and number of shares in thousands, except for per share data):  

Options  
Outstanding at January 1, 2003  

Granted  
Exercised  
Canceled  

Outstanding at December 31, 2004  

Granted  
Exercised  
Canceled  

Outstanding at December 31, 2005  

Granted  
Exercised  
Canceled  

Outstanding at December 31, 2006  
Exercisable at December 31, 2006  
Unvested at December 31, 2006  

Weighted-  
Average  
Exercise Price 

Weighted-  
Average  
Remaining 
Contractual 

Per Share 

Term 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

7.79     
4.27     
(3.11 )   
(6.81 )   
7.04     
8.91     
(4.04 )   
(7.29 )   
8.22     
20.02     
(8.07 )   
(26.04 )   
9.87     
6.70     
11.26     

7.4 
6.0 
8.0 

Number 
of Shares     
3,788     
1,390     
(173 )   
(590 )   
4,415     
1,345     
(978 )   
(207 )   
4,575     
1,126     
(1,181 )   
(368 )   
4,152     
1,263     
2,889     

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $8.18, $3.43 and 

$3.28, respectively. The total intrinsic value for options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $21.2 
million, $10.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively.  

Cash received from option exercises under all plans for years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $9.5 million, 

$3.9 million and $0.5 million, respectively. No tax benefit was realized for the tax deductions from option exercises under all plans for the 
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

F-28  

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Additional information regarding options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2006 is as follows:  

Range  
$  0.05 - $   2.63  
$  3.27 - $   9.69  
$10.67 - $ 14.80  
$15.25 - $ 24.75  
$26.14 - $ 50.13  

Options Outstanding 
Weighted Average 

Contractual Life  
(in years) 

5.9    
7.3    
7.0    
8.4    
8.5    

Options Exercisable 

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price    
2.08    
$ 
6.74    
$ 
13.74    
$ 
18.78    
$ 
27.86    
$ 

Exercisable  
(in thousands)    
354    
740    
54    
98    
17    
1,263    

Weighted  
Average  
Exercise Price    
2.07    
$ 
6.61    
$ 
12.98    
$ 
15.27    
$ 
38.15    
$ 

Aggregate 

Intrinsic  
Value 

$ 26,300 

Outstanding  
(in thousands)    
662    
2,212    
98    
1,048    
132    
4,152    

The following table summarizes the activity of options to purchase shares of SBA common stock that had not yet vested:  

Unvested as of December 31, 2005  
Shares Granted  
Vesting during period  
Forfeited or cancelled  
Unvested as of December 31, 2006  

Weighted-  
Average  
Fair Market  
Value  
Per Share      
(in thousands, except for per share amounts) 

Aggregate  
Intrinsic  
Value 

Number  
of Shares     

3,059     
1,126     
(1,180 )   
(116 )   
2,889     

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

3.29    
8.18    
3.46    
5.93    
5.00    

$  46,927 

As of December 31, 2006, there were options to purchase 2.9 million shares of SBA common stock that had not yet vested and were 

expected to vest in future periods at a weighted average exercise price of $11.26. The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options in the 
preceding tables represents the total intrinsic value, based on Company’s closing stock price of $27.50 as of December 31, 2006. The amount 
represents the total intrinsic value that would have been received by the holders of the stock-based awards had these awards been exercised and 
sold as of that date.  

As of December 31, 2006, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options outstanding under the Plans is 

$11.2 million. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.  

The total fair value of shares vested during 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $4.1 million, $3.7 million, and $2.5 million, respectively.  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan  

In 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”). A total of 500,000 shares 
of Class A common stock were reserved for purchase under the Purchase Plan. During 2003, an amendment to the Purchase Plan was adopted 
which increased the number of shares reserved for purchase from 500,000 to 1,500,000 shares. The Purchase Plan permits eligible employee 
participants to purchase Class A common stock at a price per share which is equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Class A common 
stock on the last day of an offering period. For the year ended December 31, 2006 approximately 46,700 shares of the Company’s Class A 
common stock were issued under the Purchase Plan, which resulted in cash proceeds to the Company of $1.0 million compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2005 when approximately 69,700 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock were issued under the Purchase Plan, 
which resulted in cash proceeds to the Company of $1.0 million. At December 31, 2006, approximately 628,000 shares remain which can be 
issued under the Purchase Plan. In addition, the Company recorded $0.2 million of non-cash compensation expense relating to these shares for 
the year ended December 31, 2006.  

F-29  

   
   
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Non-Cash Compensation Expense  

The table below reflects a break out by category of the amounts recognized in the statement of operations for the year ended 

December 31, 2006 for non-cash compensation expense (in thousands):  

Cost of revenues  
Selling, general and administrative  

Total cost of non-cash compensation included in income, before income tax  

Amount of income tax recognized in earnings  
Amount charged against income  

For the year ended 

December 31, 2006 
151 
$ 
5,259 
5,410 
—   
5,410 

$ 

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, non-cash compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statement of 

Operations relating to employees was $5.1 million, $0.5 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, non-
cash compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations relating to non-employees was $0.3 million. In addition, the 
Company capitalized $1.3 million of non-cash compensation to fixed and intangible assets relating to non-employees for the year ended 
December 31, 2006.  

Pro-Forma Non-Cash Compensation Expense  

Prior to December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for non-cash compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions and 
related interpretations of APB 25. Had compensation cost for share-based awards been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123R, the net 
income and earnings per share would have been adjusted to the following pro forma amounts (in thousands, except for per share data):  

Net loss, as reported  
Non-cash compensation charges included in net loss  
Incremental stock-based compensation (expense determined under the fair value based 

method for all awards, net of related tax effects)  

Pro forma net loss  

Loss per share:  

Basic and diluted - as reported  
Basic and diluted - pro forma  

For the year ended  
December 31, 

2005 
$ (94,709 )   
462     

2004 
$ (147,280 ) 
470   

   (4,247 )   
$ (98,494 )   

(5,359 ) 
$ (152,169 ) 

$ 
$ 

(1.28 )   
(1.33 )   

$ 
$ 

(2.52 ) 
(2.61 ) 

15. ASSET IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER (CREDITS) CHARGES  

During the third quarter of 2006, the Company reevaluated the remaining liability relating to its restructuring program initiated in 2002. 

The Company determined that the liability was no longer needed as all office space included in the restructuring liability is now being fully 
utilized by the Company in its operations. As a result, the Company recorded a credit of $0.4 million which is shown in asset impairment and 
other (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

During 2005, the Company reevaluated its future cash flow expectations on one tower that had not achieved expected lease up results. 

The resulting change in fair value of this tower, as determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, resulted in an impairment charge of $0.2 
million. By comparison, in 2004 the Company reevaluated its future cash flow expectations on ten towers and other related equipment that had 
not achieved expected lease up results. The change in fair value of these towers, as determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, resulted 
in an impairment charge of $2.6 million.  

F-30  

   
   
   
  
   
 
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Additionally in 2004, the Company reevaluated its future cash flow expectations on three microwave networks utilized by its customers. 

One of these customers rejected their microwave backhaul agreements under the settlement plan approved as part of their bankruptcy. The 
other customer notified the Company in the fourth quarter of 2004 of their intention not to renew their agreement upon expiration. An analysis 
of these networks resulted in a remote possibility of other customers utilizing the network. As a result, the Company wrote down the value of 
the underlying equipment utilized in these networks and recorded a charge of $4.5 million. Furthermore, in the fourth quarter of 2005, the 
Company determined that the remaining microwave network equipment has no residual value and recorded an additional charge of $0.2 
million. These amounts are included in asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended 
December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.  

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company identified 14 towers previously classified as held for sale and included in discontinued 
operations and reclassified them into continuing operations as of June 30, 2004 in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, “Accounting 
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. As a result of this reclassification, the book value of the towers were recorded at the 
lower of (1) the carrying amount of the tower before it was classified as held for sale, net of any depreciation expense that would have been 
recognized had the asset never been classified as held for sale; or (2) the estimated fair value of the tower at the date of the subsequent decision 
not to sell. As a result of applying SFAS 144, the Company increased the book value of these towers by $0.3 million, and recorded this credit 
as a net reduction to asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2004.  

16. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) has no impact on the Company’s net loss but is reflected in the consolidated balance 

sheet through adjustments to shareholders’ equity (deficit). Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) derives from the amortization of 
deferred gain/loss from settlement of derivative financial statements relating to the CMBS Certificates issuance and minimum pension liability 
relating to the Company’s pension plan (see note 21). We specifically identify the amount of the amortization of deferred gain/loss from 
settlement of derivative financial statements recognized in other comprehensive loss from settlement of derivative financial statements. A 
rollforward of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:  

Balance December 31, 2004  
Deferred gain from settlement of terminated swaps  
Amortization of deferred gain from settlement of terminated swaps  
Balance December 31, 2005  
Deferred loss from settlement of terminated swaps  
Amortization of deferred gain/loss from settlement of terminated swaps, net  
Minimum pension liability adjustment  
Balance December 31, 2006  

Deferred Gain/(Loss) 
from Settlement of  
Derivative Financial 
Instruments 

Minimum  
Pension  
Liability  
Adjustment    

(in thousands) 

$ 

—       
14,774     
(314 )   
14,460     
(12,836 )   
(2,370 )   

$ 

(746 )   

$  —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
80    
80    

$ 

Total 

$  —     
   14,774   
(314 ) 
   14,460   
  (12,836 ) 
   (2,370 ) 
80   
(666 ) 

$ 

There is no net tax impact for the components of other comprehensive income (loss) due to the valuation allowance on the Company’s 

deferred tax assets.  

F-31  

   
   
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

17. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  

In March 2003 certain of the Company's subsidiaries entered into a definitive agreement (the "Western tower sale") to sell up to an 
aggregate of 801 towers, which represented substantially all of the Company's towers in the Western two-thirds of the United States. The 
Company ultimately sold 784 of the 801 towers as part of the Western tower sale, representing all but three of the 787 total towers sold in 
2003. On April 29, 2004, the Company received notification from the purchaser of the Western towers as to certain claims for indemnification 
totaling approximately $4.3 million. In December 2004, the claims for indemnification of $4.3 million were settled for $2.8 million and this 
amount was released to the purchaser of the Western towers. The remaining $1.5 million was released to the Company in December 2004. The 
Company recorded a charge of $2.1 million in 2004 relating to the settlement of the claims, which is included in discontinued operations, net of 
income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company sold or disposed of 41 of the 61 towers held for sale at December 31, 2003, and 

reclassified 14 towers back to continuing operations, leaving six towers accounted for as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2004. 
These six towers were sold in the first two quarters of 2005. Gross proceeds realized from the sale of towers during the years ended 
December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $0.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively. These sales resulted in a gain of approximately $0.1 million and 
a loss on sale of approximately $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, which is included in loss from discontinued 
operations, net of income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.  

The following is a summary of the operating results of the discontinued operations relating to the Western tower sale and the 47 

additional towers accounted for as discontinued operations:  

Revenues  
Loss from operations, net of income taxes  
Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 

2006     

    $ —       $ 
    $ —       $ 
   —      

2005 
(in thousands) 
$ 
16     
(43 )   
$ 
   101     

168   
(270 ) 
(1,622 ) 

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

    $ —       $ 

58     

$ 

(1,892 ) 

In May 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a plan of disposition related to site development services operations (including 

both the site development consulting and site development construction segments) in the Western portion of the United States (“Western site 
development services”). In June 2004, two business units were sold, and two business units were abandoned within the Western site 
development services unit. In the third quarter of 2004, the remaining two site development construction business units within the Western site 
development services unit were sold. Gross proceeds realized from sale during 2004 were $0.4 million, and a loss on disposal of discontinued 
operations of $0.8 million was recorded during 2004.  

F-32  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

The following is a summary of the operating results of the discontinued operations relating to the Western site development services:  

For the year ended December 31, 
2004 

2005 

2006     

Revenues  
Loss from operations, net of income taxes  
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations, net of income taxes  
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes  

$  —      
$  —      
   —      
$  —      

(in thousands) 
51     
$ 
$  (119 )   
   —       
$  (119 )   

$  14,280   
(578 ) 
$ 
(787 ) 
(1,365 ) 

$ 

No interest expense has been allocated to discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. At 

December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, there were no assets or liabilities held for sale. The notes to the consolidated financial statements 
for all years presented have been adjusted for the discontinued operations described above.  

18. INCOME TAXES  

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations consists of the following components:  

Current provision for taxes:  

Federal income tax  
State and local taxes  
Total current  

Deferred provision (benefit) for taxes:  

Federal income tax  
State and local taxes  
Increase in valuation allowance  
Total deferred  
Total  

2006 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 

2004 

$  —       
470     
470     

  (53,747 )   
  (13,827 )   
   67,621     
47     
517     

$ 

$  —       
   2,104     
   2,104     

  (30,686 )   
   (3,259 )   
   33,945     
   —       
$  2,104     

$  —     
710   
710   

  (44,937 ) 
  (10,622 ) 
   55,559   
   —     
710   
$ 

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations at the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate (35%) and 

the effective income tax rate is as follows:  

Statutory Federal benefit  
State and local taxes  
Federal rate differential  
Other  
Valuation allowance  

F-33  

2006 

2004 

For the year ended December 31, 
2005 
(in thousands) 
$ (31,466 )   
(762 )   
   —       
387     
   33,945     
$  2,104     

$ (46,526 )   
  (13,827 )   
   (3,847 )   
   (2,904 )   
   67,621     
517     
$ 

$ (48,726 ) 
   (6,542 ) 
   —     
419   
   55,559   
710   
$ 

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) accounts are as follows:  

As of December 31, 

2006 

2005 

Allowance for doubtful accounts  
Deferred revenue  
Accrued liabilities  
Valuation allowance  

Current net deferred taxes  

Original issue discount  
Net operating loss  
Property, equipment & intangible basis differences  
Straight-line rents  
Early extinguishment of debt  
Other  
Valuation allowance  

Non-current net deferred taxes  

(in thousands) 
$ 

$ 
477     
   10,583     
4,059     
   (15,119 )   
$  —       

370   
4,675   
3,661   
(8,706 ) 
$  —     

—       
   354,459     
  (265,295 )   
6,440     
(284 )   
3,792     
   (99,112 )   
$  —       

   13,476   
   245,585   
(6,827 ) 
5,792   
5,249   
2,399   
  (265,674 ) 
$  —     

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as management believes that it is not "more likely than not" that 

the Company will be able to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to recognize the assets. The net change in the valuation 
allowance for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $(160.1) million, $(3.7) million, and $57.9 million, respectively. In 
addition, $31.9 million of the valuation allowance may be utilized in future periods to reduce intangible assets recorded in connection with the 
acquisition of AAT.  

The Company has available at December 31, 2006, a net federal operating tax loss carry-forward of approximately $957.5 million of 
which approximately $61.3 million will benefit additional paid in capital when the loss is utilized. These net operating tax loss carry-forwards 
will expire between 2020 and 2026. The Internal Revenue Code places limitations upon the future availability of net operating losses based 
upon changes in the equity of the Company. If these occur, the ability for the Company to offset future income with existing net operating 
losses may be limited. In addition the Company has available at December 31, 2006, a net state operating tax loss carry-forward of 
approximately $742.1 million. These net operating tax loss carry-forwards will expire between 2007 and 2026.  

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

a. Operating Leases  

The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases for land, office space, vehicles and equipment, and site leases 

that expire at various times through December 2105. The annual minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases in effect as of 
December 31, 2006 are as follows:  

For the year ended December 31,  
2007  
2008  
2009  
2010  
2011  
Thereafter  
Total  

(in thousands) 
44,395 
$ 
44,672 
44,074 
43,310 
42,352 
   791,458 
$ 1,010,261 

Principally, all of the leases provide for renewal at varying escalations. Fixed rate escalations have been included in the table disclosed 

above.  

F-34  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
    
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

Rent expense for operating leases was $47.5 million, $32.6 million and $33.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 

2004, respectively. In addition, certain of the Company's leases include contingent rent provisions which provide for the lessor to receive 
additional rent upon the attainment of certain tower operating results and/or lease-up. Contingent rent expense for the year ended December 31, 
2006, 2005 and 2004 was $5.3 million, $2.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.  

b. Tenant Leases  

The annual minimum tower lease income to be received for tower space and antenna rental under non-cancelable operating leases in 

effect as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:  

For the year ended December 31,  
2007  
2008  
2009  
2010  
2011  
Thereafter  
Total  

(in thousands) 
$  251,575 
   224,397 
   191,697 
   136,344 
59,859 
62,942 
$  926,814 

Principally, all of the leases provide for renewal, generally at the tenant's option, at varying escalations. Fixed rate escalations have been 

included in the table disclosed above.  

c. Litigation  

The Company is involved in various claims, lawsuits and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While there are 
uncertainties inherent in the ultimate outcome of such matters and it is impossible to presently determine the ultimate costs that may be 
incurred, management believes the resolution of such uncertainties and the incurrence of such costs will not have a material adverse effect on 
the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.  

d. Contingent Purchase Obligations  

From time to time, the Company agrees to pay additional consideration for acquisitions if the towers or businesses that are acquired meet 
or exceed certain performance targets in the 1-3 years after they have been acquired. As of December 31, 2006, the Company has an obligation 
to pay up to an additional $4.8 million in consideration if the targets contained in various acquisition agreements are met. These obligations are 
associated with acquisitions within the Company’s site leasing segment. On certain acquisitions, at the Company’s option, additional 
consideration may be paid in cash or shares of Class A common stock. The Company records such obligations as additional consideration when 
it becomes probable that the targets will be met. For the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 certain earnings targets associated with 
the acquired towers were achieved, and therefore, the Company paid in cash $2.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively. In 
addition, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company issued approximately 13,000 shares and 24,000 shares, 
respectively of Class A common stock in settlement of contingent price amounts payable as a result of acquired towers exceeding certain 
performance targets.  

20. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN  

The Company has a defined contribution profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provides for 

voluntary employee contributions up to $15,000 of compensation. Employees have the opportunity to participate following completion of three 
months of employment and must be 21 years of age. Employer matching begins immediately upon the employee’s participation in the plan. For 
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company made a discretionary matching contribution of 50% of an employee's 
contributions up to a maximum of $3,000. Company matching contributions were approximately $0.5 million for each of the three years ended 
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.  

F-35  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

21. PENSION BENEFITS  

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”) for all employees of AAT Communications hired on or before 

January 1, 1996. AAT ceased all benefit accruals for active participants on December 31, 1996. The Pension Plan was included in the 
acquisition of AAT Communications by the Company on April 27, 2006. The Pension Plan provides for defined benefits based on the number 
of years of service and average salary.  

In December 2006, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, which required us to recognize 

assets for all of our overfunded postretirement benefit plans and liabilities for our underfunded plans at December 31, 2006, with a 
corresponding noncash adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity. The funded status is measured 
as the difference between the fair value of the plan’s assets and the projected benefit obligation (PBO) of the plan. The adjustment to 
stockholders’ equity represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service costs in accordance with SFAS No. 87.  

The unrecognized amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension 

cost. Actuarial gains and losses that arise in future periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in those periods will be 
recognized as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of tax, in the period they arise. Actuarial gains and losses recognized 
in other comprehensive income are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost.  

The incremental impact of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 158 on our balance sheet at December 31, 2006 was to record $0.1 

million of liability which is recorded in other long term liabilities and in accumulated other comprehensive income on the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. The adoption of FAS 158 had no effect on our statements of earnings or cash flows for the year ended 
December 31, 2006, or for any prior period presented, and will not affect our operating results in future periods. Included in accumulated other 
comprehensive loss at December 31, 2006 is approximately $0.1 million of losses not yet recognized through the Consolidated Statement of 
Operations. None of this amount is expected to be reclassified into the Consolidated Statement of Operations from accumulated other 
comprehensive income during 2007.  

The following table includes the components of pension costs, the fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the Pension Plan for 

the period of April 27 through December 31, 2006 ( in thousands):  

Change in benefit obligation  
Obligation at April 27, 2006  
Interest Cost  
Actuarial loss  
Benefit payments  
Obligation at end of year  

Change in fair value of plan assets  
Fair value of plan assets at April 27, 2006  
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contributions  
Benefits payments and plan expenses  
Fair value of plan assets at end of year  

$ 1,849   
66   
(57 ) 
   (110 ) 
$ 1,748   

$ 1,532   
84   
   130   
   (110 ) 
$ 1,636   

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan at the acquisition date was approximately $1.8 million. Information for the 

benefit obligations relative to the fair value of the Pension Plan’s assets is as follows as of December 31, 2006 (in thousands):  

Projected benefit obligation  
Accumulated benefit obligation  
Fair value of plan assets  

Assumptions used to determined benefit obligations: 
Discount rate  

F-36  

$  1,748   
$ 1,748   
$ 1,636   

   5.50 % 

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

The following table summarizes the components of net period pension costs (in thousands):  

Interest Cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of actuarial net loss  
Net periodic pension cost  

Assumptions used for net benefit cost:  

Discount rate  
Expected long-term reate of return on plan assets  

$  (66 ) 
   62   
   —     
(4 ) 
$ 

  5.50 % 
  6.00 % 

Benefits paid by the Pension Plan were approximately $0.1 million for the period from April 27, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The 
Company expects to contribute $0.1 million to the Pension Plan in fiscal year 2007. The Pension Plan’s assets were invested in approximately 
39% equity securities, 34% fixed income securities, and 27% in other securities at December 31, 2006.  

Investment policies and strategies governing the assets of the plans are designed to achieve investment objectives within prudent risk 
parameters. Risk management practices include the use of external investment managers and the maintenance of a portfolio diversified by asset 
class, investment approach and security holdings, and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity to meet benefit obligations as they come due.  

The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets has been derived from the return assumptions for each of the investment sectors, 

applied to investments held at the acquisition date.  

The following table summarizes the future expected pension benefits to be paid:  

Year ending December 31 (in thousands):  
2007  
2008  
2009  
2010  
2011  
Five years therafter  
Total  

F-37  

$  104 
   111 
   114 
   112 
   118 
   553 
$ 1,112 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

22. SEGMENT DATA  

The Company operates principally in three business segments: site leasing, site development consulting, and site development 

construction. The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different services. They are managed separately based 
on the fundamental differences in their operations. The site leasing segment includes results of the managed and sublease businesses. 
Revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization), capital expenditures (including assets acquired through the 
issuance of shares of the Company's Class A common stock) and identifiable assets pertaining to the segments in which the Company continues 
to operate are presented below:  

For the year ended December 31, 2006  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Operating income (loss)  
Capital expenditures (2)  

For the year ended December 31, 2005  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Operating income (loss)  
Capital expenditures (2)  

For the year ended December 31, 2004  

Revenues  
Cost of revenues  
Operating income (loss)  
Capital expenditures (2)  

As of December 31, 2006  
As of December 31, 2005  

Assets  

Site  
Development 

Site  
Development 

Not  
Identified by 

Site Leasing      

Consulting     

Construction     
(in thousands) 

Segment (1) 

Total 

$  256,170     
70,663     
$ 
$ 
30,037     
$ 1,187,903     

$  16,660     $  78,272     
$  14,082     $  71,841     
$ 
7     
1,233     
$ 

1,306     $ 
216     $ 

$  —       
$  —       
$  (11,842 )   
1,004     
$ 

$  351,102   
$  156,586   
$ 
19,508   
$ 1,190,356   

$  161,277     
47,259     
$ 
$ 
14,349     
$  100,879     

$  13,549     $  85,165     
$  12,004     $  80,689     
(2,360 )   
$ 
361     
$ 

544     $ 
57     $ 

$  —       
$  —       
(8,338 )   
$ 
804     
$ 

$  259,991   
$  139,952   
$ 
4,195   
$  102,101   

$  144,004     
47,283     
$ 
(11,706 )   
$ 
7,706     
$ 

$  14,456     $  73,022     
$  12,768     $  68,630     
(3,127 )   
$ 
317     
$ 

431     $ 
63     $ 

$  —       
$  —       
(9,479 )   
$ 
919     
$ 

$  231,482   
$  128,681   
(23,881 ) 
$ 
9,005   
$ 

$ 1,952,126     
$  834,923     

$ 
$ 

4,723     $  42,476     
4,005     $  51,381     

$  46,967     
$  62,227     

$ 2,046,292   
$  952,536   

(1)   Assets not identified by segment consist primarily of general corporate assets  
(2)  

Includes acquisitions and related earn-outs  

F-38  

   
  
   
 
 
 
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

23. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited)  

Revenues  
Operating income  
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
Loss from writeoff of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Loss from continuing operations  
Net loss  
Per common share—basic and diluted:  
Loss per share from continuing operations  
Net loss per share  

Revenues  
Operating income (loss)  
Depreciation, accretion, and amortization  
Asset impairment and other (credits) charges  
Loss from writeoff of deferred financing fees and extinguishment of debt  
Loss from continuing operations  
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations  
Net loss  
Per common share—basic and diluted:  
Loss from continuing operations  
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations  
Net loss per share  

December 31, 

September 30, 

Quarter Ended 

2006 

2006 

June 30,  
2006 

March 31, 
2006 (1)    

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

    $  96,750     
6,054     
(39,893 )   
—       
(3,361 )   
(24,265 )   
    $  (24,265 )   

    $ 
    $ 

(0.23 )   
(0.23 )   

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

98,172     
6,316     
(39,015 )   
(357 )   
(34 )   
(24,340 )   
(24,340 )   

$ 87,376     
   2,820     
  (32,885 )   
   —       
  (53,838 )   
  (75,638 )   
$ (75,638 )   

$ 68,804   
   4,318   
  (21,295 ) 
   —     
   —     
   (9,205 ) 
$  (9,205 ) 

(0.23 )   
(0.23 )   

$ 
$ 

(0.77 )   
(0.77 )   

$ 
$ 

(0.03 ) 
(0.03 ) 

December 31, 

September 30, 

Quarter Ended 

2005 

2005 

June 30,  
2005 

March 31, 
2005 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

    $  72,418     
3,885     
(22,258 )   
(160 )   
(19,541 )   
(32,282 )   
(15 )   
    $  (32,297 )   

    $ 

    $ 

(0.38 )   
—       
(0.38 )   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

66,021     
2,603     
(21,673 )   
(15 )   
—       
(14,447 )   
3     
(14,444 )   

$ 63,248     
(229 )   
  (21,644 )   
(42 )   
   (8,244 )   
  (26,376 )   
121     
$ (26,255 )   

$ 58,304   
   (2,064 ) 
  (21,643 ) 
(231 ) 
   (1,486 ) 
  (21,543 ) 
(170 ) 
$ (21,713 ) 

(0.19 )   
—       
(0.19 )   

$ 
(0.38 )   
   —       
(0.38 )   
$ 

$ 
(0.33 ) 
   —     
(0.33 ) 
$ 

(1)  The company has reclassified $0.2 million of franchise tax expense from the provision of income taxes expense to selling, general and 

administrative expense. 

Because loss per share amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common shares outstanding 

during each quarter, the sum of the per share amounts for the four quarters may not equal the total loss per share amounts for the year.  

24. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

Subsequent to December 31, 2006, the Company closed on the acquisition of 66 towers for an aggregate purchase price of $24.1 million, 

which was paid in cash.  

F-39  

   
   
   
 
  
   
  
  
   
 
    
 
    
    
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
 
    
 
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Opinion of Holland & Knight LLP  
regarding the validity of the Class A common stock  

March 1, 2007  

Exhibit 5.1 

SBA Communications Corporation  
5900 Broken Sound Parkway NW  
Boca Raton, Florida 33487  

Ladies and Gentlemen:  

SBA Communications Corporation, a Florida corporation (the “Company”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
October 12, 2001, a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-4, as amended, Registration No. 333-71460 (the “Shelf Registration Statement”), 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Such Shelf Registration Statement relates to the offering by the Company 
of the Company’s Class A common stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”). We have acted as counsel to the Company 
in connection with the preparation and filing of the Shelf Registration Statement and the issuance of 518,719 shares (the “Shares”) of Class A 
Common Stock pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in connection with the acquisition of 42 towers and earn-out obligations related to 
acquisitions.  

In so acting, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, records, 

certificates and other instruments of the Company as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion.  

Based upon the foregoing examination, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued, will be validly 

issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the 

caption “Legal Matters” in the Shelf Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included within the 
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  

Sincerely, 

HOLLAND & KNIGHT LLP 

/s/ Holland & Knight LLP 

   
   
 
Exhibit 10.60 

JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO  
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT  

by and among  

SBA PROPERTIES, INC.,  
as Initial Owner  

and  

SBA TOWERS, INC.,  

SBA PUERTO RICO, INC.,  

SBA SITES, INC.,  

SBA TOWERS USVI, INC.,  

and  

SBA STRUCTURES, INC.,  
each as Additional Owners  

and  

SBA NETWORK MANAGEMENT, INC.,  
as Manager,  

and  

SBA SENIOR FINANCE, INC.,  
solely in its capacity as owner of the Manager  

Dated as of November 6, 2006  

JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT  

THIS JOINDER AND AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 6, 

2006 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among SBA Properties, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Initial Owner ”), SBA Towers, Inc., a Florida 
corporation (“ Towers ”), SBA Puerto Rico, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ PR ”), SBA Sites, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ Sites ”), SBA Towers 
USVI, Inc., a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation (“ USVI ”), and SBA Structures, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ Structures , collectively with 
Towers, PR, Sites and USVI, the “ Additional Owners ”, and together with the Initial Owner, the “ Owners ”), and SBA Network Management, 
Inc., a Florida corporation (the “ Manager ”), and SBA Senior Finance, Inc., a Florida corporation, (“ SBA Finance ”) solely in its capacity as 
owner of the Manager and solely with regard to Sections 18(b) and 23(a),(b),(d),(e),(f),(g),(h),(l) and (m) of the Management Agreement.  

WHEREAS, the Initial Owner, the Manager and SBA Finance are parties to a Management Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005 

(the “ Management Agreement ”);  

WHEREAS, the Initial Owner and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under that certain Trust and Servicing 

Agreement dated as of November 18, 2005 among SBA CMBS-1 Depositor LLC, Midland Loan Services, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), 
and ABN AMRO Bank, N.V., as Agent, are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of 
November 18, 2005 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”);  

WHEREAS, the Owners have entered into a Loan Agreement Supplement and Amendment between the Owners and the Servicer, on 
behalf of the Trustee, as of the date hereof, to provide for an increase in the loan outstanding thereunder and the addition of the Additional 
Owners to the Loan Agreement as borrowers (the “ Second Loan Agreement Supplement ”);  

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the Additional Owners becoming borrowers 

under the Loan Agreement that the Additional Owners become parties to the Management Agreement;  

WHEREAS, the Initial Owner and the Manager have determined that it is in their best interests to authorize and approve a proposed 

amendment to a provision of the Management Agreement; and  

WHEREAS, Section 23(a) of the Management Agreement provides that the Owner Representative, SBA Finance and the Manager may, 

pursuant to a writing executed and delivered by all parties thereto, amend the Management Agreement; provided that a Rating Agency 
Confirmation and the consent of the Lender are also obtained;  

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of 

which hereby are acknowledged, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, as follows:  

Section 1. Defined Terms .  

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Management 

Agreement.  

Section 2. Agreement .  

(a) Each Additional Owner hereby agrees to all of the provisions of the Management Agreement and, upon the execution and delivery of 
this Agreement by such Additional Owner, such Additional Owner shall be jointly and severally liable under the Management Agreement as an 
Owner, shall be entitled to all of the respective rights and privileges, and subject to all of the respective duties and obligations of an Owner 
under the Management Agreement and shall perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the 
Management Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Owner.  

(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Management Agreement, each Additional Owner hereby engages the 

Manager to perform the Services described in the Management Agreement. The Manager hereby accepts such engagement.  

(c) Each Additional Owner hereby represents and warrants to the Manager that, as to itself, each of the representations and warranties set 

forth in Section 17 of the Management Agreement is true as of the date hereof.  

Section 3. Amendment to Section 10 .  

The parties hereto hereby agree that the first sentence of Section 10 of the Management Agreement shall be amended and restated to read 

in its entirety as set forth below:  

In consideration of the Manager’s agreement to perform the Services described herein, during the Term hereof, the Owners hereby jointly 
and severally agree to pay to the Manager a fee (the “ Management Fee ”), on each Due Date, equal to 7.5% of the Operating Revenues for the 
immediately preceding calendar month, unless a replacement Manager is appointed and such replacement is not an affiliate of SBA Network 
Management, Inc., in which case the Management Fee will be such amount not to exceed 10% that is agreed to by the replacement Manager.  

Section 4. Amendment to Schedule I  

The parties hereto agree that Schedule I to the Management Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Schedule I 

hereto.  

-2-  

   
Section 5. Ratification of Agreement .  

Except as modified and expressly amended by this Agreement, the Management Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and 
all the terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall be and remain in full force and effect. The execution of this Agreement shall in no manner 
constitute a waiver or extinguishment of any rights of the Owners, the Manager or SBA Finance under the Management Agreement and all 
such rights are hereby reserved.  

Section 6. Counterparts .  

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but 

all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  

Section 7. Governing Law .  

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF 

NEW YORK.  

[NO ADDITIONAL TEXT ON THIS PAGE]  

-3-  

   
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.  

Manager:  

Initial Owner:  

   SBA NETWORK MANAGEMENT, INC. 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

   SBA PROPERTIES, INC. 

as Initial Owner and Owner Representative  

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

Additional Owners:  

   SBA TOWERS, INC., 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

   SBA PUERTO RICO, INC., 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

   SBA SITES, INC., 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   SBA TOWERS USVI, INC. and 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

   SBA STRUCTURES, INC. 

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

Solely as owner of the Manager:  

   SBA SENIOR FINANCE, INC. 

Consented to By:  

   /s/ Tom Hunt  

   By: 
   Name:    Tom Hunt 
   Title:     Senior Vice President & General Counsel 

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL  
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee  

   /s/ Alyssa C. Stahl  

   By: 
   Name:    Alyssa C. Stahl 
   Title:     First Vice President 

-5-  

   
 
  
   
   
   
  
   
SECOND  
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT AND AMENDMENT  

Exhibit 10.61 

between  

SBA PROPERTIES, INC.  
as Initial Borrower  

and  

SBA TOWERS, INC.,  

SBA PUERTO RICO, INC.,  

SBA SITES, INC.,  

SBA TOWERS USVI, INC.,  

and  

SBA STRUCTURES, INC.  
as Additional Borrowers  

and  

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, INC.,  
as Servicer on behalf of LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee  

dated as of November 6, 2006  

Section 1.01     Definitions. 

Section 2.01     2006-1 Component Details. 

Section 3.01     Loan Increase. 
Section 3.02     Use of Proceeds. 
Section 3.03     Funding of Reserves. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

ARTICLE II 

2006-1 COMPONENT DETAILS 

ARTICLE III 

MORTGAGE LOAN INCREASE 

ARTICLE IV 

ADDITION OF ADDITIONAL BORROWERS 

Section 4.01     Election. 
Section 4.02     Further Assurances. 
Section 4.03     Joinder. 
Section 4.04     Representations and Warranties. 
Section 4.05     Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Borrowers 
Section 4.06     Amendments to the Loan Agreement Schedules. 

ARTICLE V 

SUBSTITUTION OF SITES 

Section 5.01     Substitution of Sites. 
Section 5.02     Amendment of Exhibits. 

    Page 

2 

5 

7 
8 
8 

8 
10 
10 
11 
12 
14 

14 
15 

   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Section 6.01    Indebtedness. 
Section 6.02    Monthly Reporting. 
Section 6.03    Definitions. 

Section 7.01    Governing Law. 
Section 7.02    Severability. 
Section 7.03    Counterparts. 

Section 8.01    Applicability 

ARTICLE VI 

AMENDMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

ARTICLE VII 

GENERAL PROVISIONS 

ARTICLE VIII 

APPLICABILITY OF LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

   15 
   15 
   15 

   15 
   16 
   16 

   16 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
SECOND LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT AND AMENDMENT  

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT AND AMENDMENT (this “ Loan Agreement Supplement ”) is dated 

as of November 6, 2006, and entered into by and among SBA PROPERTIES, INC. , a Florida corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), SBA 
TOWERS, INC. , a Florida corporation (“ Towers ”), SBA PUERTO RICO, INC. , a Florida corporation (“ PR ”), SBA SITES, INC. , a 
Florida corporation (“ Sites ”), SBA TOWERS USVI, INC. , a U.S. Virgin Islands corporation (“ USVI ”), and SBA STRUCTURES, INC. , 
a Florida corporation (“ Structures ”, and collectively with Towers, PR, Sites, USVI, the “ Additional Borrowers ”), and MIDLAND LOAN 
SERVICES, INC. , as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), on behalf of LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee (the “ Trustee 
”) under that certain Trust and Servicing Agreement (the “ Trust Agreement ”) dated as of November 18, 2005 among SBA CMBS-1 
DEPOSITOR LLC (the “ Depositor ”), the Servicer, ABN AMRO BANK, N.V. , as Fiscal Agent, and the Trustee.  

RECITALS  

WHEREAS , the Initial Borrower entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2005 

(the “ Loan Agreement ”), between the Initial Borrower and the Depositor;  

WHEREAS , the Depositor assigned all of its right, title and interest in the Loan Agreement to the Trustee on behalf of the 

Certificateholders pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Servicer is authorized to enter into this Loan Agreement Supplement on behalf of 
the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.25 of the Trust Agreement;  

WHEREAS , the Initial Borrower and each Additional Borrower intend to, and the Lender has agreed to, add each Additional Borrower 
as a Borrower under the Loan Agreement in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement, and each Additional Borrower has agreed to 
become a Borrower thereunder and be bound by and perform all of the obligations of a Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan 
Documents;  

WHEREAS , upon the addition of the Additional Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement, the properties 
(including land and Improvements) and all related facilities that are owned or leased by the Additional Borrowers will become Additional 
Borrower Sites under the Loan Agreement, as provided for therein;  

WHEREAS , the Borrowers intend to substitute certain Sites for certain Replacement Sites and Replacement Other Pledged Sites in 

accordance with Section 11.5 and Section 11.6 of the Loan Agreement;  

WHEREAS , the Borrowers desire to effect a Loan Increase (the “ Initial Loan Increase ”) pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Loan 

Agreement, in an amount totaling $1,150,000,000, in the form of nine (9) separate components designated as 2006-1A (“ Component 2006-1A 
”), 2006-1B (“ Component 2006-1B ”), 2006-1C (“ Component 2006-1C ”), 2006-1D (“ Component 2006-1D ”), 2006-1E  

(“ Component 2006-1E ”), 2006-1F (“ Component 2006-1F ”), 2006-1G (“ Component 2006-1G ”), 2006-1H (“ Component 2006 - 1H ”) and 
2006—1J (“ Component 2006—1J ” and, collectively with Component 2006-1A, Component 2006-1B, Component 2006-1C, Component 
2006-1D, Component 2006-1E, Component 2006-1F and Component 2006-1G, the “ 2006-1 Components ”), and the Lender has agreed to the 
Initial Loan Increase and to advance the amount of the Initial Loan Increase;  

WHEREAS , the 2006-1 Components constitute Components as defined in the Loan Agreement;  

WHEREAS , the Initial Borrower, the Additional Borrowers and the Lender have agreed to treat each Component as a separate loan for 

U.S. federal income tax purposes;  

WHEREAS , the Initial Borrower, the Additional Borrowers and Lender have agreed to certain amendments to the Loan Agreement;  

WHEREAS , the Initial Borrower, the Additional Borrowers and Lender intend these recitals to be a material part of this Agreement; and 

WHEREAS , all things necessary to make this Loan Agreement Supplement the valid and legally binding obligation of the Initial 
Borrower and the Additional Borrowers in accordance with its terms, for the uses and purposes herein set forth, have been done and performed. 

NOW, THEREFORE , it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows:  

ARTICLE I  

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE  

Section 1.01 Definitions. All defined terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Loan 

Agreement. All words and phrases defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Loan Agreement Supplement, except as 
otherwise appears in this Article. In addition, the following terms have the following meanings in this Loan Agreement Supplement unless the 
context clearly requires otherwise:  

“ 2005-1 Notes ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ 2006-1 Components ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ 2006-1 Notes ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

-2-  

   
“ Anticipated Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(b) hereof.  

“ Applicable Premium ” shall mean the amounts set forth in the table below opposite the applicable Component of the Mortgage Loan:  

Component  
Component 2006-1A  
Component 2006-1B  
Component 2006-1C  
Component 2006-1D  
Component 2006-1E  
Component 2006-1F  
Component 2006-1G  
Component 2006-1H  
Component 2006-1J  

Applicable Premium  
0.00% 
0.15% 
0.25% 
0.50% 
0.65% 
1.00% 
1.50% 
2.00% 
2.00% 

“ Certificates ” means the Series 2006-1 certificates issued by the SBA CMBS Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement corresponding to 

the 2006-1 Components.  

“ Component 2006-1A ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1B ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1C ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1D ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1E ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1F ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1G ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1H ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

“ Component 2006-1J ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals hereto.  

-3-  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
“ Component Rate ” means, for any Component, the rate per annum set forth in the appropriate column corresponding to such Component 

in Section 2.01(a)(i) hereof.  

“ Date of Issuance ” shall mean, with respect to each 2006-1 Component, November 6, 2006.  

“ Initial Increase Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a)(v) hereof.  

“ Initial Purchasers ” shall mean Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc.  

“ Maturity Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it, with respect to the 2006-1 Components, in Section 2.01(a)(iii) hereof, and with 

respect to the 2006-1 Notes, in Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Mortgage File ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Trust Agreement.  

“ Note 2006-1A ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1B ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1C ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1D ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1E ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1F ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1G ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Note 2006-1H ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it Section 3.01(b) hereof.  

“ Offering Memorandum ” shall mean the Offering Memorandum dated October 30, 2006, relating to the offering and sale of the 

Certificates.  

“ Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a)(ii) hereof.  

“ Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2006, relating to the purchase by the Initial Purchasers of 

the Certificates.  

“ Related Party ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.05(a)(i) hereof.  

“ Swap Rate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a)(iv) hereof.  

“ Yield Maintenance ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a)(iv) hereof.  

-4-  

   
Words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender. Words importing persons include firms, associations and 

corporations. Words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa. Additional terms are defined in the body of this 
Loan Agreement Supplement.  

In the event that any term or provision contained herein with respect to the 2006-1 Components shall conflict with or be inconsistent with 

any term or provision contained in the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Loan Agreement Supplement shall govern.  

ARTICLE II  

2006-1 COMPONENT DETAILS  

Section 2.01 2006-1 Component Details . (a) The 2006-1 Components authenticated and delivered under this Loan Agreement 

Supplement shall consist of nine (9) separate Components, each having:  

(i) the designation, Component Principal Balance and Component Rate set forth below.  

Component  
2006-1A  
2006-1B  
2006-1C  
2006-1D  
2006-1E  
2006-1F  
2006-1G  
2006-1H  
2006-1J  

Initial Component Principal 

Balance 

Component Rate   

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

439,420,000    
106,680,000    
106,680,000    
106,680,000    
36,540,000    
81,000,000    
121,000,000    
81,000,000    
71,000,000    

5.314 % 
5.451 % 
5.559 % 
5.852 % 
6.174 % 
6.709 % 
6.904 % 
7.389 % 
7.825 % 

(ii) Post-ARD Additional Interest Rate determined by the Servicer to be the greater of (i) 5% and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the 
sum of the following exceeds the Component Rate for such Component: (x) the yield to maturity (adjusted to a “mortgage equivalent basis” 
pursuant to the standards and practices of the Securities Industry Association) on such Anticipated Repayment Date of the United States 
Treasury Security having a term closest to ten (10) years plus (y) the “Spread” set forth below in the appropriate row corresponding to such 
Component plus (z) five percent (5%):  

-5-  

   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Component  
2006-1A  
2006-1B  
2006-1C  
2006-1D  
2006-1E  
2006-1F  
2006-1G  
2006-1H  
2006-1J  

Spread  
0.27% 
0.41% 
0.52% 
0.82% 
1.15% 
1.70% 
1.90% 
2.40% 
2.85% 

(iii) a Maturity Date which is the Due Date occurring in November 2036 or such earlier date on which the final payment of principal of 
the Notes becomes due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement, whether at such stated Maturity Date, by acceleration, or otherwise. 

(iv) Yield Maintenance, which for the 2006-1 Components shall be in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the present value as of 
the date of prepayment (by acceleration or otherwise) of all future installments of principal and interest that the Borrowers would otherwise 
be required to pay on the applicable Component (or portion thereof) on the related Due Date from the date of such prepayment to and 
including the first Due Date that is nine months prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date with respect to such Component absent such 
prepayment, assuming the entire unpaid Principal Amount of such Component is required to be paid on such Due Date, with such present 
value being determined by the use of a discount rate equal to the sum of (a) if the period between the Distribution Date relating to such 
prepayment and the Distribution Date that occurs nine months prior to the Distribution Date related to the Anticipated Repayment Date for 
such Component (the “ Prepayment Premium Period ”) is two years or more, the mid-market swap rate appearing on page 19901 of the 
Telerate service (or any successor service), adjusted for monthly compounding (the “Swap Rate”) or, if the Prepayment Period is less than 
two years, the rate derived from the Eurodollar Synthetic Forward Curve (the “ EDSF Rate ”) appearing on Bloomberg page EDSF (or any 
successor service), corresponding to the Prepayment Premium Period (which may be determined by interpolating linearly between two Swap 
Rates, two EDSF rates or a Swap Rate and an EDSF Rate, as applicable) plus (b) the Applicable Premium over (y) the Component Principal 
Balance of such Component (or portion thereof) on the date of such prepayment.  

(v) Interest shall accrue on the 2006-1 Components and the corresponding Notes from the date hereof. An amount equal to interest for the 

period from the date hereof until the Distribution Date in November, 2006 shall be deposited on the date hereof in the Initial Increase 
Reserve Account and applied by the Lender to the payment of such interest on the Due Date in December, 2006. No interest will be payable 
on the 2006-1 Components on the Due Date in November, 2006.  

-6-  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(b) There are no Scheduled Principal Payments in respect of any of the 2006-1 Components, and the Borrowers shall not be required to 

pay any principal on any of the 2006-1 Components prior to the Due Date in November 2011 (such Payment Date, the “ Anticipated 
Repayment Date ”), other than after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Period or an Event of Default as provided in 
the Loan Agreement or as otherwise required under the terms of the Loan Documents.  

ARTICLE III  

MORTGAGE LOAN INCREASE  

Section 3.01 Loan Increase . (a) Pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, the Lender and the Borrowers agree to the Initial Loan 

Increase, to be divided into the Components described in Section 2.01.  

(b) On the date hereof, each Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a promissory note payable to the order of the Trustee, 

evidencing each Component, including: a Note in the initial principal amount equal to $439,420,000 (“ Note 2006-1A ”), a Note in the initial 
principal amount equal to $106,680,000 (“ Note 2006-1B ”), a Note in the initial principal amount equal to $106,680,000 (“ Note 2006-1C ”), a 
Note in the initial principal amount equal to $106,680,000 (“ Note 2006-1D ”), a Note in the initial principal amount equal to $36,540,000 (“ 
Note 2006-1E ”), a Note in the initial principal amount equal to $81,000,000 (“ Note 2006-1F ”), a Note in the initial principal amount equal to 
$121,000,000 (“ Note 2006-1G ”), a Note in the initial principal amount equal to $81,000,000 (“ Note 2006-1H ”) and a Note in the initial 
principal amount equal to $71,000,000 (“ Note 2006-1J ”, along with Note 2006-1A, Note 2006-1B, Note 2006-1C, Note 2006-1D, Note 2006-
1E, Note 2006-1F, and Note 2006-1G, the “ 2006-1 Notes ”). The 2006-1 Notes shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof at the 
applicable Component Rates set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof and have a Maturity Date that is the Due Date occurring in November 2036. The 
Initial Borrower and each Additional Borrower shall also, on the date hereof, execute and deliver to the Trustee in exchange for the Note 2005-
1A, Note 2005-1B, Note 2005-1C, Note 2005-1D and Note 2005-1E executed and delivered to the Trustee by the Initial Borrower on the 
Closing Date (the “ 2005-1 Notes ”) an amended and restated Note 2005-1A, Note 2005-1B, Note 2005-1C, Note 2005-1D and Note 2005-1E, 
payable to the order of the Trustee, under which each Borrower agrees to be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all amounts payable 
thereunder.  

(c) The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lender that each condition of Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement in respect of the 

Initial Loan Increase has been satisfied, as of the date hereof.  

(d) The parties hereto agree that the date hereof is an Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, pursuant to Section 11.8 of the Loan 

Agreement, the Servicer has determined the Allocated Loan Amounts for each Site after giving effect to the Addition of the Additional 
Borrower Sites, and the Initial Loan Increase, as described herein, based on information provided to it by the Manager, and until any 
subsequent Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, such Allocated Loan Amounts shall be as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  

-7-  

   
Section 3.02 Use of Proceeds . (a) The proceeds from the sale of the Certificates shall be used to fund the Initial Mortgage Loan Increase 

and the proceeds of the Initial Mortgage Loan Increase shall be used to (i) pay all recording fees and taxes, title insurance premiums, the 
reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender, including reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to Lender, and other 
costs and expenses approved by Lender (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) related to the Components; (ii) fund the 
reserve deposits described in Section 3.03 hereof; (iii) pay all fees and expenses incurred by the Initial Borrower and the Additional Borrowers; 
and (iv) to make a cash distribution to each Borrower.  

Section 3.03 Funding of Reserves . (a) Pursuant to Section 6.3 of the Loan Agreement, on the date hereof, the Borrowers shall deposit 
with Central Account Bank $3,330,019 for deposit in the Impositions and Insurance Reserve as required in connection with the Addition of the 
Additional Borrower Sites hereunder, and has delivered to Lender an Officer’s Certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of 
the forgoing.  

(b) Pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement, on the date hereof, the Borrowers shall deposit with Central Account Bank 
$4,164,162 for deposit in the Advance Rents Reserve Sub-Account in connection with the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites 
hereunder.  

(c) The Lender shall designate a Sub-Account of the Central Account to be the “ Initial Loan Increase Reserve Account ”. On the date 

hereof, the Borrowers shall deposit an amount equal to the amount of interest that will accrue on the 2006-1 Components from the date hereof 
to but excluding the Distribution Date in November 2006 (such amount, “ Initial Loan Increase Reserve ”). The Initial Loan Increase Reserve 
shall be a Reserve under the Loan Agreement, and shall be applied by the Lender on the Due Date in December 2006 to the payment of such 
interest.  

(d) The deposits into the Reserves described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall occur by deduction from the amount of the Initial Loan 

Increase disbursed to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof on the date hereof. Notwithstanding such deductions, the Initial Loan 
Increase contemplated hereby shall be deemed for all purposes to be fully disbursed.  

ARTICLE IV  

ADDITION OF ADDITIONAL BORROWERS  

Section 4.01 Election . (a) Pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement, the Initial Borrower elects to cause each Additional Borrower 

to assume and become jointly and severally liable under the Notes, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each Additional 
Borrower hereby covenants and agrees upon the execution and delivery of this Loan Agreement Supplement by such Additional Borrower:  

(i) such Additional Borrower shall be a Borrower jointly and severally liable under the Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan 
Documents, and shall be entitled to all of the respective rights and privileges, and subject to all of the respective duties and obligations of a 
Borrower thereunder,  

-8-  

   
(ii) such Additional Borrower shall perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan 

Agreement and the other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Borrower and shall be bound by all of the provisions of the 
Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it had been an original party to such agreements,  

(b) On the date hereof, each Additional Borrower shall assume and become jointly and severally obligated under the 2005-1 Notes in 

accordance with Section 3.01(b) hereof and shall enter into the following other Loan Documents:  

(i) Joinder to the Cash Management Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among the Borrowers, the Servicer, the Manager and the 

Trustee;  

(ii) the Deeds of Trust;  

(iii) Joinder to the Environmental Indemnity, dated as of November 6, 2006, from the Borrowers in favor of the Trustee;  

(iv) Joinder and Amendment to the Management Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among the Borrower, the Parent and the 

Manager;  

(v) Joinder to the Assignment and Subordination of the Management Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, executed by the 

Borrowers and the Manager;  

(vi) Contribution and Subrogation Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among the Borrowers;  

(vii) Joinder to the Advance and Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among the Borrowers, the Servicer and the 

Trustee;  

(viii) Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among PR, the Servicer, the Trustee and Wachovia Bank, 

N.A.;  

(ix) Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among Sites, the Servicer, the Trustee and Wachovia Bank, 

N.A.;  

(x) Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among USVI, the Servicer, the Trustee and Wachovia Bank, 

N.A.;  

(xi) Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2006, among Structures, the Servicer, the Trustee and Wachovia 

Bank, N.A.; and  

(xii) the Financing Statements.  

-9-  

   
(c) Each Additional Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Lender a security interest in and to all of such Additional 
Borrower’s fixtures and personal property including, but not limited to all, (i) equipment in all forms, now or hereafter existing, all parts 
thereof and all accessions thereto, including but not limited to machinery, towers, satellite receivers, antennas, headend electronics, 
furniture, motor vehicles, aircraft and rolling stock, (ii) such Additional Borrower’s fixtures now existing and or hereafter acquired, all 
substitutes and replacements therefore, all accessions and attachments thereto, and all tools, parts and equipment now or hereafter added 
to or used in connection with the fixtures on or above all Sites and all other real property now owned or hereafter acquired by such 
Additional Borrower and all substitutes and replacements for, accessions, attachments and other additions to, tools, parts and equipment 
used in connection with, and all proceeds, products, and increases of, any and all of the foregoing Collateral (including, without 
limitation, proceeds which constitute property of the types described herein), (iii) accounts now or hereafter existing, (iv) inventory now 
or hereafter existing, (v) general intangibles (other than Site Management Agreements) now or hereafter existing, (vi) investment 
property now or hereafter existing, (vii) deposit accounts now or hereafter existing, (viii) chattel paper now or hereafter existing, 
(ix) instruments now owned or hereafter existing, (x) Site Management Agreements now or hereafter existing (including all rights to 
payment thereunder, but excluding any other rights that cannot be assigned without third party consent under such Site Management 
Agreements), and (xi) the equity interests of any subsidiary of such Additional Borrower now owned or hereafter existing and the 
proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the payment and performance of all of the Obligations.  

(d) Each Additional Borrower hereby represents and warrants that it has satisfied (i) all of the provisions of Section 11.7(A) with 
respect to each of its Additional Borrower Sites that is to be a Mortgaged Site and has delivered an Officer’s Certificate dated the date 
hereof to that effect to the Servicer and (ii) all of the provisions of Section 11.7(B) with respect to each of its Additional Borrower Sites 
that is to be an Other Pledged Site and has delivered an Officer’s Certificate dated the date hereof to that effect to the Servicer.  

Section 4.02 Further Assurances . (a) Each of the Initial Borrower and the Additional Borrowers hereby agree that they will deliver 
to and deposit with, or cause to be delivered to and deposited with, the Servicer such documents and agreements as reasonably requested 
to evidence the Addition of the Additional Borrower Sites of the Additional Borrowers or as are required to be delivered by the 
Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Trust Agreement in connection with such Addition, this Initial Loan Increase, or the addition of 
the Additional Borrowers, including, without limitation (i) the documents with respect to the Initial Loan Increase or addition of the 
Additional Borrowers required for the Mortgage File pursuant to Section 2.01(e) and (ii) originals or copies of all other documents, 
certificates and opinions in the possession or under the control of the Borrowers with respect to the Initial Loan Increase or addition of the 
Additional Borrowers and that are necessary for the ongoing servicing and administration of the Loan (or, if any of the foregoing items 
are not in the actual possession of the Borrowers, as soon as reasonably practical, but in any event within 90 days after the date of the 
Addition)  

Section 4.03 Joinder . All references to Borrower or Borrowers contained in the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents are 

hereby deemed, for all purposes to refer to and include each of the Additional Borrowers as a Borrower.  

-10-  

   
Section 4.04 Representations and Warranties . (a) Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that, as to itself and its 
Additional Borrower Sites, each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Loan Agreement, other than Section 4.30, is 
true as of the date hereof.  

(b) Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that, as to itself, each of the representations and warranties set forth in 

Section 9.1 of the Loan Agreement, is true as of the date hereof.  

(c) The Initial Borrower and the Additional Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lender that each condition of Section 2.3 of 

the Loan Agreement has been satisfied, as of the date hereof.  

(d) The Initial Borrower and the Additional Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lender, with respect to the Sites generally, 

including the Additional Borrower Sites:  

(i) With respect to Sites generating at least 70% of the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow of all Sites as of October 1, 2006, the Sites 

are Owned Sites or Ground Lease Sites where the Ground Lease (or the applicable Estoppel) requires that, if there shall be a monetary 
default by the Borrower under the Ground Lease, Ground Lessor shall accept the cure thereof by Lender within fifteen (15) days after the 
expiration of any grace period provided to Borrower under the Lease to cure such default prior to terminating the Ground Lease. If there 
shall be a non-monetary default by the Borrower under the Ground Lease, Ground Lessor shall accept the cure thereof by Lender within 
thirty (30) days after the expiration of any grace period provided to Borrower under the Ground Lease to cure such default prior to 
terminating the Ground Lease.  

(ii) At least 70% of the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow of all Sites as of October 1, 2006 is represented by the Owned Sites plus 
Ground Lease Sites which have a term (including all available extensions) that extends not less than ten (10) years beyond the Maturity Date 
of the Components with the numerical designation 2006-1.  

(iii) At least 70% of the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow of all Sites as of October 1, 2006 is represented by the Owned Sites plus 
Ground Lease Sites where the Ground Lease (or the applicable Estoppel) requires the Lender to have the right to exercise any rights of the 
Borrower under the Ground Lease, including the right to exercise any renewal option(s) or purchase options(s), and such Ground Leases 
may not be amended in any respect which would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Lender’s interest therein or 
surrendered, terminated, or cancelled, in each case, without the prior written consent of Lender.  

(iv) With respect to Sites generating at least 70% or more of the Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow of all Sites as of October 1, 2006, 
the Sites are Owned Sites or Ground Lease Sites where the Ground Lease (or the applicable Estoppel) requires that, if such Ground Lease is 
terminated as result of a Borrower default under such Ground Lease or is rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding, Ground Lessor will be 
obligated to enter into a new lease with Lender or its designee on the same terms  

-11-  

   
as the Ground Lease within fifteen (15) days of Lender’s request made within thirty (30) days of notice of such termination or rejection, 
provided Lender pays all past due amounts under the Ground Lease. The foregoing is not applicable to normal expirations of the Ground 
Lease term.  

(v) The requirements of Sections 11.5(K) and 11.6(L) of the Loan Agreement are satisfied such that Rating Agency Confirmation is not 

required under such sections.  

Section 4.05 Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Borrowers  

(a) Each of the Initial Borrower and the Additional Borrowers hereby represents, warrants, and covenants to the Lender that, as to itself, 

from the date of such entity’s formation, and until such time as all Obligations are paid in full, that the Initial Borrower or Additional 
Borrower:  

(i) except for capital contributions and distributions properly reflected on the books and records of such entity, has not entered and shall 
not enter into any contract or agreement with any of its Affiliates, constituents, or owners, or any guarantors of any of its obligations or any 
Affiliate of any of the foregoing (individually, a “ Related Party ” and collectively, the “ Related Parties ”), except upon terms and 
conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated 
party;  

(ii) has paid and shall pay all of its debts and liabilities from its own assets, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents from the date 

hereof with respect to the Borrower Parties;  

(iii) has done and shall do or caused to be done and shall cause to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities 

applicable to it and to preserve its existence;  

(iv) has maintained and shall maintain all of its books, records, financial statements and since the date of incorporation or formation, as 

the case may be, its bank accounts separate from those of any other Person;  

(v) has been and shall be, and at all times has held and shall hold itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any 

other Person (including any Affiliate or other Related Party);  

(vi) has corrected and shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity;  

(vii) has conducted and shall conduct all of its business and has held and shall hold all of its assets in its own name;  

-12-  

   
(viii) has not identified and shall not identify itself or any of its affiliates as a division or part of the other;  

(ix) has maintained and utilized and shall maintain and utilize separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name;  

(x) has not commingled and shall not commingle its funds or other assets with those of any other Person, except as contemplated by the 
Loan Documents from the date hereof with respect to the Borrower Parties, and has held all of its funds or other assets in its own name other 
than any improper deposits by third parties which have been promptly corrected;  

(xi) has not guaranteed or become obligated for the debts of any other Person with respect to debts that are still outstanding or, in the case 

of the Additional Borrowers, will not be discharged as a result of the closing of the Initial Loan Increase, other than the Loan and shall not 
guaranty or become obligated for the debts of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents from the date hereof with 
respect to the Borrower Parties;  

(xii) has not held itself out as being responsible for the debts or material obligations of any other Person with respect to debts or 

obligations that are still outstanding or will not be discharged as a result of the Initial Loan Increase other than the Loan and shall not hold 
itself out as being responsible for the debts or material obligations of any other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents from 
the date hereof with respect to the Borrower Parties;  

(xiii) has allocated and shall allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that have been shared with an Affiliate, including 

paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Party;  

(xiv) has not pledged its assets to secure the obligations of any other Person with respect to obligations that are still outstanding or will 
not be discharged as a result of the Initial Loan Increase other than the Loan and shall not pledge its assets to secure the obligations of any 
other Person, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents from the date hereof with respect to the Borrower Parties;  

(xv) has maintained and shall maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;  

(xvi) has not incurred any indebtedness that is still outstanding and shall not incur any indebtedness other than indebtedness that is 

permitted under the Loan Documents; and  

(xvii) has not had any of its obligations guaranteed by an affiliate, except for guarantees that have been either released or discharged (or 

that will be discharged as a result of the Initial Loan Increase) or guarantees that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents.  

-13-  

   
Section 4.06 Amendments to the Loan Agreement Schedules .  

(a) The parties hereto agree that Schedule 1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Schedule 1 hereto.  

(b) The parties hereto agree that Schedule 4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Schedule 4 hereto.  

(c) The parties hereto agree that Schedule 4.1(C) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Schedule 4.1

(C) hereto.  

(d) The parties hereto agree that Schedule 4.19 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by Schedule 4.19 

hereto.  

(e) The parties hereto agree that Schedules 4.25 and 4.26 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety by 

Schedules 4.25 and 4.26, respectively, hereto.  

ARTICLE V  

SUBSTITUTION OF SITES  

Section 5.01 Substitution of Sites .  

(a) Pursuant to Section 11.5 of the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers hereby elect a Substitution of the Substituted Sites designated on 

Exhibit C-1 hereto with the Replacement Sites designated thereon.  

(b) The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lender that each condition of Section 11.5 of the Loan Agreement in respect of 

the Substitution of the Replacement Sites for the Substituted Sites has been satisfied, other than clause (M) thereof, as of the date hereof.  

(c) Pursuant to Section 11.6 of the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers hereby elect an Other Pledged Site Substitution of the Substituted 

Other Pledged Sites designated on Exhibit D-1 hereto with the Replacement Other Pledged Sites designated thereon.  

(d) The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lender that each condition of Section 11.6 of the Loan Agreement in respect of 
the Other Pledged Site Substitution of the Replacement Other Pledged Sites for the Substituted Other Pledged Sites has been satisfied, other 
than clause (K) thereof, as of the date hereof.  

(e) The Lender hereby accepts the Substitutions described in the foregoing and waives compliance with Section 11.5(M) and Section 11.6

(K) of the Loan Agreement.  

(f) The parties hereto agree that the date hereof is an Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, pursuant to Section 11.8 of the Loan 

Agreement, the Servicer has determined the Allocated Loan Amounts for each Site after giving effect to the Addition of the  

-14-  

   
Additional Borrower Sites, and the Initial Loan Increase, as described herein, based on information provided by the Manager, and until any 
subsequent Allocated Loan Amount Determination Date, such Allocated Loan Amounts shall be as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  

Section 5.02 A mendment of Exhibits . (i) The parties hereto agree that Exhibits C and D of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and 

restated in their entirety by Exhibits C and D hereto.  

ARTICLE VI  

AMENDMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT  

Section 6.01 Indebtedness . The parties hereto agree that Section 5.14(B) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated such 

that the amount $5,000,000 in clause (ii) thereof shall be replaced by the amount $10,000,000, and the amount $10,000,000 in clause (b) to the 
proviso to such Section 5.14(B) shall be replaced by the amount $20,000,000.  

Section 6.02 Monthly Reporting . (a) The parties hereto agree that Section 5.1(A)(iv) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and 

restated such that the parenthetical “(which shall include budgeted and, commencing with the first full calendar month following the one year 
anniversary of the Closing Date, last year results for the same year-to-date period)” shall be amended to read “(which shall include budgeted 
and, commencing with (x) the first full calendar month following the one year anniversary of the Closing Date, or, (y) with respect to any 
Additional Site or Additional Borrower Site, the first full calendar month following the one year anniversary of the Addition of such Site, last 
year results for the same year-to-date period)”.  

Section 6.03 Definitions .  

(a) The parties hereto agree that the definition of “ Annualized Run Rate Net Cash Flow ” in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement is 
hereby amended such that the phrase “ten percent 10% of the” in clause (iii) thereof shall be replaced with the words “the product of the 
Management Fee Rate and the”.  

(b) The parties hereto agree that the following definition shall be inserted, in alphabetical order, in Section 1.01 of the Loan Agreement:  

“ Management Fee Rate ” means 7.5% so long as SBA Network Management, Inc., or an affiliate thereof, is the Manager, and 

otherwise shall be such amount not to exceed 10% that is agreed to by the successor manager.  

ARTICLE VII  

GENERAL PROVISIONS  

Section 7.01 Governing Law . THIS LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN 

ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE INITIAL BORROWER AND EACH OF THE  

-15-  

   
ADDITIONAL BORROWERS IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT OR 
UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF 
ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN RELATION TO THIS LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT.  

Section 7.02 Severability . In case any provision in this Loan Agreement Supplement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the 

validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  

Section 7.03 Counterparts . This Loan Agreement Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed 

shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  

ARTICLE VIII  

APPLICABILITY OF LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT  

Section 8.01 Applicability . The provisions of the Loan and Security Agreement are hereby ratified, approved and confirmed, as 
supplemented by this Loan Agreement Supplement. The representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Loan and Security 
Agreement (except as expressly modified herein) are hereby reaffirmed with the same force and effect as if fully set forth herein and made 
again as of the date hereof.  

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]  

-16-  

   
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Initial Borrower, each Additional Borrower and the Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee, have caused this 
Loan Agreement Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above 
written.  

SBA PROPERTIES, INC.,  
  as Initial Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title:    Senior Vice President 

SBA TOWERS, INC.,  

  as Additional Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title:    Senior Vice President 

SBA PUERTO RICO, INC.,  

  as Additional Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title     Senior Vice President 

SBA SITES, INC.,  

  as Additional Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title     Senior Vice President 

   
    
    
    
    
SBA TOWERS USVI, INC., 

  as Additional Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title     Senior Vice President 

SBA STRUCTURES, INC., 

  as Additional Borrower 

  /s/ Thomas P. Hunt  

By:  
Name:   Thomas P. Hunt 
Title     Senior Vice President 

MIDLAND LOAN SERVICES, INC., 

as Servicer, on behalf of LaSalle Bank National 
Association, as Trustee 

  /s/ Lawrence D. Ashley  

By:  
Name:   Lawrence D. Ashley 
Title:    Senior Vice President 

 
    
    
  
    
Subsidiaries of SBA Communications Corporation  

Name  
SBA Telecommunications, Inc.  
SBA Senior Finance, Inc.  
SBA Senior Finance II LLC  
SBA Network Services, Inc.  
SBA CMBS-1 Holdings LLC  
SBA CMBS-1 Depositor LLC  
SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC  
SBA Towers, Inc.  
SBA Properties, Inc.  
SBA Sites, Inc.  
SBA Structures, Inc.  

Relationship  
100% owned by SBA Communications Corporation 
100% owned by SBA Telecommunications, Inc. 
100% owned by SBA Senior Finance, Inc. 
100% owned by SBA Senior Finance II LLC 
100% owned by SBA Senior Finance, Inc. 
100% owned by SBA Senior Finance, Inc. 
100% owned by SBA CMBS-1 Holdings LLC 
100% owned by SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC 
100% owned by SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC 
100% owned by SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC 
100% owned by SBA CMBS-1 Guarantor LLC 

Exhibit 21 

Jurisdiction 
Florida 
Florida 
Florida 
Florida 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Delaware 
Florida 
Florida 
Florida 
Florida 

As of December 31, 2006, SBA Senior Finance, Inc. owned, directly and indirectly, 21 additional subsidiaries, 19 of which are 
incorporated in U.S. jurisdictions and two of which are organized in foreign jurisdictions. These subsidiaries, in the aggregate as a single 
subsidiary, would not constitute a "Significant Subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X as of December 31, 2006.  

   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:  

1.  Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-41306) 
2.  Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-41308) 
3.  Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-133303) 
4.  Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-71460) 
5.  Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-46730) 
6.  Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-139005) 
7.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69236) pertaining to 2001 Equity Participation Plan 
8.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-46734) pertaining to 1999 Equity Participation Plan 
9.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-82245) pertaining to 1996 Stock Option Plan, 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 

1999 Equity Participant Plan, and Stock Option Agreement between SBA Communications Corporation and Robert M. Grobstein 

10.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115246) pertaining to Amended and Restated 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
11.  Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-139006) pertaining to 2001 Equity Participation Plan, as Amended and Restated on 

May 16, 2002 

of our reports dated February 27, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of SBA Communications Corporation and 
Subsidiaries, SBA Communication Corporation and Subsidiaries management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of SBA Communications Corporation, included in this 
Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2006.  

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

West Palm Beach, Florida  
February 27, 2007  

   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 31.1 

I, Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SBA Communications Corporation; 

CERTIFICATION  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c. 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 1, 2007  

  /s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops  

By: 
Name:   Jeffrey A. Stoops 
Title:    Chief Executive Officer 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 31.2 

I, Anthony J. Macaione, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SBA Communications Corporation; 

CERTIFICATION  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a.  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b.  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c. 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

d.  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

a.  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b.  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 1, 2007  

  /s/ Anthony J. Macaione  

By: 
Name:   Anthony J. Macaione 
Title:    Chief Financial Officer 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  
(as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of SBA Communications Corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jeffrey A. Stoops, Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 
that to the best of my knowledge:  

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and  

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 

Company.  

Date: March 1, 2007 

   /s/ Jeffrey A. Stoops 
Jeffrey A. Stoops  
Chief Executive Officer  

   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
Certification Required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  
(as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)  

Exhibit 32.2 

In connection with the Annual Report of SBA Communications Corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the period ended 
December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony J. Macaione, Chief 
Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, 
that to the best of my knowledge:  

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and  

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the 

Company.  

Date: March 1, 2007   

    /s/ Anthony J. Macaione 
Anthony J. Macaione  
Chief Financial Officer